2007-09-16 Daniel Jacobowitz <dan@codesourcery.com>
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "gdbtypes.h"
28 #include "expression.h"
29 #include "gdbcore.h"
30 #include "gdbcmd.h"
31 #include "value.h"
32 #include "command.h"
33 #include "inferior.h"
34 #include "gdbthread.h"
35 #include "target.h"
36 #include "language.h"
37 #include "gdb_string.h"
38 #include "demangle.h"
39 #include "annotate.h"
40 #include "symfile.h"
41 #include "objfiles.h"
42 #include "source.h"
43 #include "linespec.h"
44 #include "completer.h"
45 #include "gdb.h"
46 #include "ui-out.h"
47 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
48 #include "gdb_assert.h"
49 #include "block.h"
50 #include "solib.h"
51 #include "solist.h"
52 #include "observer.h"
53 #include "exceptions.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57
58 #include "gdb-events.h"
59 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
60
61 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
62
63 static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg);
64
65 static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
66
67 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
68
69 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
70
71 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
72
73 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
74
75 static void disable_command (char *, int);
76
77 static void enable_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
80
81 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
82
83 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
84
85 static void clear_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void catch_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void watch_command (char *, int);
90
91 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
92
93 static int break_command_1 (char *, int, int, struct breakpoint *);
94
95 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
96
97 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
98
99 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
100
101 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
102
103 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
104 enum bptype bptype);
105
106 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
107
108 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
109
110 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
111
112 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *, bpstat);
113
114 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
115
116 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
117
118 static void commands_command (char *, int);
119
120 static void condition_command (char *, int);
121
122 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
123
124 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
125
126 typedef enum
127 {
128 mark_inserted,
129 mark_uninserted
130 }
131 insertion_state_t;
132
133 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
134
135 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
136
137 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
138
139 typedef struct
140 {
141 enum exception_event_kind kind;
142 int enable_p;
143 }
144 args_for_catchpoint_enable;
145
146 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
147
148 static int cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *);
149
150 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
151
152 static void create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *);
153
154 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
155
156 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
157
158 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
159
160 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
161
162 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
163
164 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
165
166 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
167
168 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
169
170 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
171
172 static void solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname,
173 int tempflag,
174 char *dll_pathname,
175 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind);
176
177 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
178 char *cond_string,
179 enum bptype bp_kind);
180
181 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
182
183 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
184
185 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
186
187 static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
188
189 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
190
191 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
192
193 static void create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
194 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
195 struct symtab_and_line *sal);
196
197 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
198 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
199
200 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
201
202 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
203
204 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
205
206 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
207
208 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
209
210 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
211 if such is available. */
212 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
213
214 static void
215 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
216 struct cmd_list_element *c,
217 const char *value)
218 {
219 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
220 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
221 value);
222 }
223
224 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
225 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
226 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
227 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
228 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
229 static void
230 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
231 struct cmd_list_element *c,
232 const char *value)
233 {
234 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
235 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
236 value);
237 }
238
239 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
240 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
241 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
242 use hardware breakpoints. */
243 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
244 static void
245 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
246 struct cmd_list_element *c,
247 const char *value)
248 {
249 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
250 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
251 value);
252 }
253
254
255 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
256
257 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
258
259 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
260 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
261
262 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
263 static int overlay_events_enabled;
264
265 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
267 breakpoint. */
268
269 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
270
271 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
272 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
273 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
274 B = TMP)
275
276 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
277
278 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
279
280 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
281 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
282 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
283 B = TMP)
284
285 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
286
287 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
288
289 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
290
291 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
292
293 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
294
295 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
296
297 int breakpoint_count;
298
299 /* Pointer to current exception event record */
300 static struct exception_event_record *current_exception_event;
301
302 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
303 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
304 loaded.
305
306 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
307 or undefined results are guaranteed.
308
309 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
310 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
311 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
312 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
313 then access the string. */
314
315 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
316 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
317 #endif
318
319 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
320 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
321 unloaded.
322
323 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
324 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
325
326 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
327 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
328 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
329 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
330 then access the string. */
331
332 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
333 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
334 #endif
335
336 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
337 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
338 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
339
340 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
341 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
342 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
343 #endif
344
345 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
346 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
347 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
348 unloaded. */
349
350 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
351 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
352 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
353 #endif
354
355 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
356 static int
357 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
360 }
361
362 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
363
364 void
365 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
366 {
367 breakpoint_count = num;
368 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
369 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
370 }
371
372 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
373
374 void
375 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
376 {
377 struct breakpoint *b;
378
379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
380 b->hit_count = 0;
381 }
382
383 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
384 for "break" command with no arg.
385 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
386 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
387
388 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
389
390 int default_breakpoint_valid;
391 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
392 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
393 int default_breakpoint_line;
394 \f
395 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
396 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
397
398 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
399 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
400 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
401
402 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
403
404 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
405 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
406 static int
407 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
408 {
409 int retval = 0; /* default */
410 char *p = *pp;
411
412 if (p == NULL)
413 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
414 return breakpoint_count;
415 else if (*p == '$')
416 {
417 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
418 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
419 char *varname;
420 char *start = ++p;
421 struct value *val;
422
423 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
424 p++;
425 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
426 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
427 varname[p - start] = '\0';
428 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
429 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
430 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
431 else
432 {
433 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
434 retval = 0;
435 }
436 }
437 else
438 {
439 if (*p == '-')
440 ++p;
441 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
442 ++p;
443 if (p == *pp)
444 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
445 {
446 /* Skip non-numeric token */
447 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
448 ++p;
449 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
450 retval = 0;
451 }
452 else
453 retval = atoi (*pp);
454 }
455 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
456 {
457 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
458 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
459 ++p;
460 retval = 0;
461 }
462 while (isspace (*p))
463 p++;
464 *pp = p;
465 return retval;
466 }
467
468
469 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
470 int
471 get_number (char **pp)
472 {
473 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
474 }
475
476 /* Parse a number or a range.
477 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
478 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
479 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
480 * inclusive.
481 *
482 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
483 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
484 *
485 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
486 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
487 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
488 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
489 * pointer PP past <number2>.
490 */
491
492 int
493 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
494 {
495 static int last_retval, end_value;
496 static char *end_ptr;
497 static int in_range = 0;
498
499 if (**pp != '-')
500 {
501 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
502 or to the first number of a range. */
503 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
504 if (**pp == '-')
505 {
506 char **temp;
507
508 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
509 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
510 and also remember the end of the final token. */
511
512 temp = &end_ptr;
513 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
514 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
515 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
516 end_value = get_number (temp);
517 if (end_value < last_retval)
518 {
519 error (_("inverted range"));
520 }
521 else if (end_value == last_retval)
522 {
523 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
524 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
525 single number. */
526 *pp = end_ptr;
527 }
528 else
529 in_range = 1;
530 }
531 }
532 else if (! in_range)
533 error (_("negative value"));
534 else
535 {
536 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
537 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
538 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
539 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
540 is reached. */
541
542 if (++last_retval == end_value)
543 {
544 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
545 *pp = end_ptr;
546 in_range = 0;
547 }
548 }
549 return last_retval;
550 }
551
552
553 \f
554 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
555
556 static void
557 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
558 {
559 struct breakpoint *b;
560 char *p;
561 int bnum;
562
563 if (arg == 0)
564 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
565
566 p = arg;
567 bnum = get_number (&p);
568 if (bnum == 0)
569 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
570
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
572 if (b->number == bnum)
573 {
574 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
575 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
576 {
577 if (loc->cond)
578 {
579 xfree (loc->cond);
580 loc->cond = 0;
581 }
582 }
583 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
584 xfree (b->cond_string);
585
586 if (*p == 0)
587 {
588 b->cond_string = NULL;
589 if (from_tty)
590 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
591 }
592 else
593 {
594 arg = p;
595 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
596 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
597 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
598 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
599 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
600 {
601 arg = p;
602 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
603 if (*arg)
604 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
605 }
606 }
607 breakpoints_changed ();
608 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
609 return;
610 }
611
612 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
613 }
614
615 static void
616 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
617 {
618 struct breakpoint *b;
619 char *p;
620 int bnum;
621 struct command_line *l;
622
623 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
624 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
625 being read from. */
626
627 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
628 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
629
630 p = arg;
631 bnum = get_number (&p);
632
633 if (p && *p)
634 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
635
636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
637 if (b->number == bnum)
638 {
639 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
640 bnum);
641 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
642 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
643 do_cleanups (cleanups);
644 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
645 b->commands = l;
646 breakpoints_changed ();
647 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
648 return;
649 }
650 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
651 }
652
653 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
654 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
655
656 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
657 that are part of if and while bodies. */
658 enum command_control_type
659 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
660 {
661 struct breakpoint *b;
662 char *p;
663 int bnum;
664
665 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
666 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
667 being read from. */
668
669 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
670 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
671
672 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
673 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
674 if (arg && !*arg)
675 p = NULL;
676 else
677 p = arg;
678 bnum = get_number (&p);
679
680 if (p && *p)
681 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
682
683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
684 if (b->number == bnum)
685 {
686 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
687 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
688 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
689 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
690 list after it finishes execution. */
691 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
692 breakpoints_changed ();
693 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
694 return simple_control;
695 }
696 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
697 }
698 \f
699 /* Like target_read_memory() but if breakpoints are inserted, return
700 the shadow contents instead of the breakpoints themselves.
701
702 Read "memory data" from whatever target or inferior we have.
703 Returns zero if successful, errno value if not. EIO is used
704 for address out of bounds. If breakpoints are inserted, returns
705 shadow contents, not the breakpoints themselves. From breakpoint.c. */
706
707 int
708 read_memory_nobpt (CORE_ADDR memaddr, gdb_byte *myaddr, unsigned len)
709 {
710 int status;
711 struct bp_location *b;
712 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
713 int bp_size = 0;
714
715 if (gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &bp_addr, &bp_size) == NULL)
716 /* No breakpoints on this machine. */
717 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
718
719 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
720 {
721 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
722 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
723 b->owner->number);
724
725 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
726 continue;
727 if (!b->inserted)
728 continue;
729 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
730 we need to copy. */
731 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
732 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
733 if (bp_size == 0)
734 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
735 continue;
736 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
737 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
738 are reading. */
739 continue;
740 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
741 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
742 reading. */
743 continue;
744 /* Copy the breakpoint from the shadow contents, and recurse for
745 the things before and after. */
746 {
747 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
748 int bptoffset = 0;
749
750 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
751 {
752 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
753 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
754 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
755 bp_addr = memaddr;
756 }
757
758 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
759 {
760 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
761 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
762 }
763
764 memcpy (myaddr + bp_addr - memaddr,
765 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
766
767 if (bp_addr > memaddr)
768 {
769 /* Copy the section of memory before the breakpoint. */
770 status = read_memory_nobpt (memaddr, myaddr, bp_addr - memaddr);
771 if (status != 0)
772 return status;
773 }
774
775 if (bp_addr + bp_size < memaddr + len)
776 {
777 /* Copy the section of memory after the breakpoint. */
778 status = read_memory_nobpt (bp_addr + bp_size,
779 myaddr + bp_addr + bp_size - memaddr,
780 memaddr + len - (bp_addr + bp_size));
781 if (status != 0)
782 return status;
783 }
784 return 0;
785 }
786 }
787 /* Nothing overlaps. Just call read_memory_noerr. */
788 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
789 }
790 \f
791
792 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
793 static void
794 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
795 {
796 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
797 int val = -1;
798
799 switch (b->type)
800 {
801 case bp_catch_fork:
802 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
803 break;
804 case bp_catch_vfork:
805 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
806 break;
807 case bp_catch_exec:
808 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
809 break;
810 default:
811 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
812 break;
813 }
814 }
815
816 /* Helper routine: free the value chain for a breakpoint (watchpoint). */
817
818 static void
819 free_valchain (struct bp_location *b)
820 {
821 struct value *v;
822 struct value *n;
823
824 /* Free the saved value chain. We will construct a new one
825 the next time the watchpoint is inserted. */
826 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = n)
827 {
828 n = value_next (v);
829 value_free (v);
830 }
831 b->owner->val_chain = NULL;
832 }
833
834 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
835 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
836 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
837
838 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
839 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
840 static int
841 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
842 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
843 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
844 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
845 {
846 int val = 0;
847
848 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
849 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
850 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
851 return 0;
852
853 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->inserted || bpt->duplicate)
854 return 0;
855
856 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
857 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
858 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
859
860 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
861 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
862 {
863 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
864 {
865 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
866 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
867 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
868 Two important cases are:
869 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
870 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
871 hardware breakpoint.
872 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
873 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
874 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
875
876 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
877 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
878 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
879 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
880 struct mem_region *mr
881 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
882
883 if (mr)
884 {
885 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
886 {
887 int changed = 0;
888 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
889
890 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
891 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
892 else
893 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
894
895 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
896 {
897 static int said = 0;
898 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
899 if (!said)
900 {
901 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
902 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
903 said = 1;
904 }
905 }
906 }
907 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
908 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
909 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
910 paddr (bpt->address));
911 }
912 }
913
914 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
915 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
916 || bpt->section == NULL
917 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
918 {
919 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
920
921 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
922 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
923 else
924 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
925 }
926 else
927 {
928 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
929 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
930 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
931 {
932 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
933 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
934 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
935 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
936 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
937 bpt->owner->number);
938 else
939 {
940 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
941 bpt->section);
942 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
943 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
944 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
945 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
946 if (val != 0)
947 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
948 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
949 bpt->owner->number);
950 }
951 }
952 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
953 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
954 {
955 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
956 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
957 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
958 else
959 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
960 }
961 else
962 {
963 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
964 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
965 return 0;
966 }
967 }
968
969 if (val)
970 {
971 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
972 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
973 {
974 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
975 val = 0;
976 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
977 if (!*disabled_breaks)
978 {
979 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
980 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
981 bpt->owner->number);
982 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
983 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
984 }
985 *disabled_breaks = 1;
986 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
987 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
988 }
989 else
990 {
991 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
992 *process_warning = 1;
993 #endif
994 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
995 {
996 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
997 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
998 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
999 bpt->owner->number);
1000 }
1001 else
1002 {
1003 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1004 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1005 bpt->owner->number);
1006 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1007 "Error accessing memory address ");
1008 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1009 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1010 safe_strerror (val));
1011 }
1012
1013 }
1014 }
1015 else
1016 bpt->inserted = 1;
1017
1018 return val;
1019 }
1020
1021 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1022 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1023 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1024 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1025 {
1026 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-08: This code sets multiple hardware watchpoints
1027 based on the expression. Ideally this should happen at a higher level,
1028 and there should be one bp_location for each computed address we
1029 must watch. As soon as a many-to-one mapping is available I'll
1030 convert this. */
1031
1032 int within_current_scope;
1033 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1034 struct value *v;
1035 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1036
1037 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1038 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1039 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1040 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1041 selected frame. */
1042 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1043
1044 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1045 if (bpt->owner->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1046 within_current_scope = 1;
1047 else
1048 {
1049 struct frame_info *fi;
1050 fi = frame_find_by_id (bpt->owner->watchpoint_frame);
1051 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1052 if (within_current_scope)
1053 select_frame (fi);
1054 }
1055
1056 if (within_current_scope)
1057 {
1058 free_valchain (bpt);
1059
1060 /* Evaluate the expression and cut the chain of values
1061 produced off from the value chain.
1062
1063 Make sure the value returned isn't lazy; we use
1064 laziness to determine what memory GDB actually needed
1065 in order to compute the value of the expression. */
1066 v = evaluate_expression (bpt->owner->exp);
1067 value_contents (v);
1068 value_release_to_mark (mark);
1069
1070 bpt->owner->val_chain = v;
1071 bpt->inserted = 1;
1072
1073 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1074 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
1075 {
1076 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1077 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1078 must watch it. */
1079 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1080 && ! value_lazy (v))
1081 {
1082 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1083
1084 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1085 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1086 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1087 if (v == bpt->owner->val_chain
1088 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1089 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1090 {
1091 CORE_ADDR addr;
1092 int len, type;
1093
1094 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1095 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1096 type = hw_write;
1097 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1098 type = hw_read;
1099 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1100 type = hw_access;
1101
1102 val = target_insert_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1103 if (val == -1)
1104 {
1105 /* Don't exit the loop, try to insert
1106 every value on the value chain. That's
1107 because we will be removing all the
1108 watches below, and removing a
1109 watchpoint we didn't insert could have
1110 adverse effects. */
1111 bpt->inserted = 0;
1112 }
1113 val = 0;
1114 }
1115 }
1116 }
1117 /* Failure to insert a watchpoint on any memory value in the
1118 value chain brings us here. */
1119 if (!bpt->inserted)
1120 {
1121 remove_breakpoint (bpt, mark_uninserted);
1122 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1123 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1124 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1125 bpt->owner->number);
1126 val = -1;
1127 }
1128 }
1129 else
1130 {
1131 printf_filtered (_("\
1132 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1133 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1134 bpt->owner->number);
1135 if (bpt->owner->related_breakpoint)
1136 bpt->owner->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1137 bpt->owner->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1141 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1142
1143 return val;
1144 }
1145
1146 else if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt->owner))
1147 {
1148 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: This code sets both a catchpoint and a
1149 breakpoint. Once again, it would be better if this was represented
1150 as two bp_locations. */
1151
1152 /* If we get here, we must have a callback mechanism for exception
1153 events -- with g++ style embedded label support, we insert
1154 ordinary breakpoints and not catchpoints. */
1155 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1156 if (val)
1157 {
1158 /* Couldn't set breakpoint for some reason */
1159 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1160 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1161 bpt->owner->number);
1162 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1163 "Error accessing memory address ");
1164 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1165 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1166 safe_strerror (val));
1167 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1168 }
1169 else
1170 {
1171 /* Bp set, now make sure callbacks are enabled */
1172 /* Format possible error msg */
1173 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error inserting catchpoint %d:\n",
1174 bpt->owner->number);
1175 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
1176 int val;
1177 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
1178 args.kind = bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ?
1179 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
1180 args.enable_p = 1;
1181 val = catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback,
1182 &args, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
1183 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1184 if (val != 0 && val != -1)
1185 bpt->inserted = 1;
1186
1187 /* Check if something went wrong; val == 0 can be ignored */
1188 if (val == -1)
1189 {
1190 /* something went wrong */
1191 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1192 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1193 bpt->owner->number);
1194 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 return val;
1199 }
1200
1201 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1202 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1203 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1204 {
1205 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1206 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1207 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1208 bpt->owner->number);
1209 if (e.reason < 0)
1210 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1211 else
1212 bpt->inserted = 1;
1213
1214 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1215 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1216 so just return success. */
1217 return 0;
1218 }
1219
1220 return 0;
1221 }
1222
1223 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1224 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1225 Both return zero if successful,
1226 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1227
1228 int
1229 insert_breakpoints (void)
1230 {
1231 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1232 int return_val = 0; /* return success code. */
1233 int val = 0;
1234 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1235 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1236 int process_warning = 0;
1237
1238 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1239 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1240
1241 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1242 there was an error. */
1243 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1244
1245 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1246 {
1247 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
1248 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
1249 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b->owner))
1250 continue;
1251
1252 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1253 thread no longer exists. */
1254 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1255 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1256 continue;
1257
1258 /* FIXME drow/2003-10-07: This code should be pushed elsewhere when
1259 hardware watchpoints are split into multiple loc breakpoints. */
1260 if ((b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1261 || b->owner->type == bp_watchpoint) && !b->owner->val)
1262 {
1263 struct value *val;
1264 val = evaluate_expression (b->owner->exp);
1265 release_value (val);
1266 if (value_lazy (val))
1267 value_fetch_lazy (val);
1268 b->owner->val = val;
1269 }
1270
1271 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1272 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1273 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1274 if (val)
1275 return_val = val;
1276 }
1277
1278 if (return_val)
1279 {
1280 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1281 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1282 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1283 {
1284 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1285 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1286 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1287 }
1288 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1289 if (process_warning)
1290 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1291 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1292 #endif
1293 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1294 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1295 }
1296 return return_val;
1297 }
1298
1299 int
1300 remove_breakpoints (void)
1301 {
1302 struct bp_location *b;
1303 int val;
1304
1305 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1306 {
1307 if (b->inserted)
1308 {
1309 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1310 if (val != 0)
1311 return val;
1312 }
1313 }
1314 return 0;
1315 }
1316
1317 int
1318 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1319 {
1320 struct bp_location *b;
1321 int val;
1322
1323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1324 {
1325 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1326 {
1327 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1328 if (val != 0)
1329 return val;
1330 }
1331 }
1332 return 0;
1333 }
1334
1335 int
1336 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1337 {
1338 struct bp_location *b;
1339 int val;
1340 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1341 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1342 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1343
1344 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1345
1346 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1348 {
1349 if (b->inserted)
1350 {
1351 b->inserted = 0;
1352 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1353 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1354 if (val != 0)
1355 {
1356 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1357 return val;
1358 }
1359 }
1360 }
1361 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1362 return 0;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1367 {
1368 struct breakpoint *b;
1369 struct breakpoint *temp;
1370
1371 /* Doing this first prevents the badness of having delete_breakpoint()
1372 write a breakpoint's current "shadow contents" to lift the bp. That
1373 shadow is NOT valid after an exec()! */
1374 mark_breakpoints_out ();
1375
1376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1377 {
1378 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1379 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1380 {
1381 delete_breakpoint (b);
1382 continue;
1383 }
1384
1385 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1386 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1387 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1388 {
1389 delete_breakpoint (b);
1390 continue;
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1394 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1395 {
1396 delete_breakpoint (b);
1397 continue;
1398 }
1399
1400 /* Ditto the exception-handling catchpoints. */
1401 if ((b->type == bp_catch_catch) || (b->type == bp_catch_throw))
1402 {
1403 delete_breakpoint (b);
1404 continue;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1408 won't stop when it ought!
1409
1410 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1411 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1412 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1413 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1414 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1415 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1416 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1417 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1418 {
1419 continue;
1420 }
1421
1422 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1423 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1424 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1425 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1426 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1427 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1428
1429 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1430 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1431 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1432 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1433 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1434 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1435 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1436
1437 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1438 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1439 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1440 let finish_command delete it.
1441
1442 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1443 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1444 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1445 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1446 solib breakpoints.) */
1447
1448 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1449 {
1450 continue;
1451 }
1452
1453 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1454 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1455 a.out. */
1456 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1457 {
1458 delete_breakpoint (b);
1459 continue;
1460 }
1461 }
1462 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1463 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1464 }
1465
1466 int
1467 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1468 {
1469 struct bp_location *b;
1470 int val;
1471 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1472
1473 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1474 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1475
1476 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1477 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1478 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1479 {
1480 if (b->inserted)
1481 {
1482 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1483 if (val != 0)
1484 {
1485 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1486 return val;
1487 }
1488 }
1489 }
1490 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1491 return 0;
1492 }
1493
1494 static int
1495 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1496 {
1497 int val;
1498
1499 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1500 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1501 return 0;
1502
1503 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
1504 warning (_("attempted to remove apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1505 b->owner->number);
1506
1507 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1508 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1509 {
1510 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1511 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1512 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1513
1514 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1515 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1516 || b->section == NULL
1517 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1518 {
1519 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1520
1521 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1522 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1523 else
1524 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1525 }
1526 else
1527 {
1528 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1529 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1530 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1531 {
1532 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1533 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1534 */
1535 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1536 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1537 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1538 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1539 else
1540 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1541 }
1542 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1543 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1544 if (b->inserted)
1545 {
1546 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1547 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1548 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1549 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1550 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1551 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1552
1553 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1554 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1555 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1556 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1557 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1558 else
1559 val = 0;
1560 }
1561 else
1562 {
1563 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1564 val = 0;
1565 }
1566 }
1567 if (val)
1568 return val;
1569 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1570 }
1571 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1572 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1573 && !b->duplicate)
1574 {
1575 struct value *v;
1576 struct value *n;
1577
1578 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1579 /* Walk down the saved value chain. */
1580 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1581 {
1582 /* For each memory reference remove the watchpoint
1583 at that address. */
1584 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1585 && ! value_lazy (v))
1586 {
1587 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1588
1589 if (v == b->owner->val_chain
1590 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1591 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1592 {
1593 CORE_ADDR addr;
1594 int len, type;
1595
1596 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1597 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1598 type = hw_write;
1599 if (b->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1600 type = hw_read;
1601 else if (b->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1602 type = hw_access;
1603
1604 val = target_remove_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1605 if (val == -1)
1606 b->inserted = 1;
1607 val = 0;
1608 }
1609 }
1610 }
1611 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1612 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1613 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1614 b->owner->number);
1615 }
1616 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1617 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1618 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1619 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1620 && !b->duplicate)
1621 {
1622 val = -1;
1623 switch (b->owner->type)
1624 {
1625 case bp_catch_fork:
1626 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1627 break;
1628 case bp_catch_vfork:
1629 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1630 break;
1631 case bp_catch_exec:
1632 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1633 break;
1634 default:
1635 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1636 break;
1637 }
1638 if (val)
1639 return val;
1640 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1641 }
1642 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ||
1643 b->owner->type == bp_catch_throw)
1644 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1645 && !b->duplicate)
1646 {
1647 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1648 if (val)
1649 return val;
1650 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1651 }
1652
1653 return 0;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1657
1658 void
1659 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1660 {
1661 struct bp_location *bpt;
1662
1663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1664 bpt->inserted = 0;
1665 }
1666
1667 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1668 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1669
1670 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1671 between runs.
1672
1673 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1674 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1675 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1676
1677
1678
1679 void
1680 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1681 {
1682 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1683 struct bp_location *bpt;
1684
1685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1686 bpt->inserted = 0;
1687
1688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1689 {
1690 switch (b->type)
1691 {
1692 case bp_call_dummy:
1693 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1694
1695 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1696 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1697 get rid of it.
1698
1699 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1700 delete_breakpoint (b);
1701 break;
1702
1703 case bp_watchpoint:
1704 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1705 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1706 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1707
1708 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1709 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1710 delete_breakpoint (b);
1711 else if (context == inf_starting)
1712 {
1713 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1714 in insert_breakpoints. */
1715 if (b->val)
1716 value_free (b->val);
1717 b->val = NULL;
1718 }
1719 break;
1720 default:
1721 break;
1722 }
1723 }
1724 }
1725
1726 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1727 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1728 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1729 permanent breakpoint.
1730 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1731 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1732 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1733 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1734 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1735
1736 enum breakpoint_here
1737 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1738 {
1739 struct bp_location *bpt;
1740 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1741
1742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1743 {
1744 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1745 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1746 continue;
1747
1748 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1749 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1750 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1751 {
1752 if (overlay_debugging
1753 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1754 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1755 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1756 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1757 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1758 else
1759 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1760 }
1761 }
1762
1763 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1764 }
1765
1766
1767 /* breakpoint_inserted_here_p (PC) is just like breakpoint_here_p(),
1768 but it only returns true if there is actually a breakpoint inserted
1769 at PC. */
1770
1771 int
1772 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1773 {
1774 struct bp_location *bpt;
1775
1776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1777 {
1778 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1779 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1780 continue;
1781
1782 if (bpt->inserted
1783 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1784 {
1785 if (overlay_debugging
1786 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1787 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1788 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1789 else
1790 return 1;
1791 }
1792 }
1793
1794 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1795 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1796 return 1;
1797
1798 return 0;
1799 }
1800
1801 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1802 inserted at PC. */
1803
1804 int
1805 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1806 {
1807 struct bp_location *bpt;
1808 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1809
1810 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1811 {
1812 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1813 continue;
1814
1815 if (bpt->inserted
1816 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1817 {
1818 if (overlay_debugging
1819 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1820 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1821 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1822 else
1823 return 1;
1824 }
1825 }
1826
1827 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1828 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1829 return 1;
1830
1831 return 0;
1832 }
1833
1834 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1835 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1836
1837 int
1838 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1839 {
1840 struct bp_location *bpt;
1841 int thread;
1842
1843 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1844
1845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1846 {
1847 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1848 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1849 continue;
1850
1851 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1852 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1853 && bpt->address == pc
1854 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1855 {
1856 if (overlay_debugging
1857 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1858 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1859 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1860 else
1861 return 1;
1862 }
1863 }
1864
1865 return 0;
1866 }
1867 \f
1868
1869 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1870 in breakpoint.h. */
1871
1872 int
1873 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1874 {
1875 return
1876 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1877 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1878 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1879 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1880 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec)
1881 || (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1882 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1883
1884 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1885 }
1886
1887 int
1888 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1889 {
1890 return
1891 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1892 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1893 }
1894
1895 int
1896 ep_is_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1897 {
1898 return
1899 (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1900 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1901 }
1902
1903 void
1904 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1905 {
1906 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1907 value_free (bs->old_val);
1908 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1909 xfree (bs);
1910 }
1911
1912 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1913 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1914
1915 void
1916 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1917 {
1918 bpstat p;
1919 bpstat q;
1920
1921 if (bsp == 0)
1922 return;
1923 p = *bsp;
1924 while (p != NULL)
1925 {
1926 q = p->next;
1927 bpstat_free (p);
1928 p = q;
1929 }
1930 *bsp = NULL;
1931 }
1932
1933 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1934 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1935
1936 bpstat
1937 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1938 {
1939 bpstat p = NULL;
1940 bpstat tmp;
1941 bpstat retval = NULL;
1942
1943 if (bs == NULL)
1944 return bs;
1945
1946 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1947 {
1948 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1949 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1950 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1951 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1952 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1953 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1954
1955 if (p == NULL)
1956 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
1957 retval = tmp;
1958 else
1959 p->next = tmp;
1960 p = tmp;
1961 }
1962 p->next = NULL;
1963 return retval;
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
1967
1968 bpstat
1969 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
1970 {
1971 if (bsp == NULL)
1972 return NULL;
1973
1974 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
1975 {
1976 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
1977 return bsp;
1978 }
1979 return NULL;
1980 }
1981
1982 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
1983 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
1984 will arbitrarily pick one.)
1985
1986 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
1987 step_resume breakpoint.
1988
1989 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
1990 struct breakpoint *
1991 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
1992 {
1993 int current_thread;
1994
1995 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
1996
1997 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
1998
1999 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2000 {
2001 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2002 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2003 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2004 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2005 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2006 }
2007
2008 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2009 }
2010
2011
2012 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2013 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2014 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2015 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2016 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2017 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2018 we set it.
2019 Return 1 otherwise. */
2020
2021 int
2022 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2023 {
2024 struct breakpoint *b;
2025
2026 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2027 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2028
2029 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2030 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2031 this function might return the same number more
2032 than once and this will look ugly. */
2033 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2034 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2035 if (b == NULL)
2036 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2037
2038 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2039 return 1;
2040 }
2041
2042 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2043
2044 void
2045 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2046 {
2047 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2048 {
2049 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2050 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2051 {
2052 value_free (bs->old_val);
2053 bs->old_val = NULL;
2054 }
2055 }
2056 }
2057
2058 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2059 static void
2060 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2061 {
2062 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2063 }
2064
2065 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2066 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2067 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2068 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2069
2070 void
2071 bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2072 {
2073 bpstat bs;
2074 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2075
2076 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2077 in bs->commands. */
2078 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2079 return;
2080
2081 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2082 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2083
2084 top:
2085 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2086 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2087 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2088 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2089
2090 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2091 has not proceeded. */
2092
2093 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2094 bs = *bsp;
2095
2096 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2097 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2098 {
2099 struct command_line *cmd;
2100 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2101
2102 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2103
2104 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2105 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2106 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2107 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2108 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2109 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2110 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2111 the tree when we're done. */
2112 cmd = bs->commands;
2113 bs->commands = 0;
2114 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2115
2116 while (cmd != NULL)
2117 {
2118 execute_control_command (cmd);
2119
2120 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2121 break;
2122 else
2123 cmd = cmd->next;
2124 }
2125
2126 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2127 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2128
2129 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2130 /* The inferior is proceeded by the command; bomb out now.
2131 The bpstat chain has been blown away by wait_for_inferior.
2132 But since execution has stopped again, there is a new bpstat
2133 to look at, so start over. */
2134 goto top;
2135 }
2136 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2137 }
2138
2139 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2140 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2141 by having it set different print_it values.
2142
2143 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2144 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2145 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2146 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2147 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2148
2149 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2150 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2151 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2152 don't print anything else.
2153 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2154 that something to be followed by a location.
2155 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2156 that something to be followed by a location.
2157 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2158 analysis. */
2159
2160 static enum print_stop_action
2161 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2162 {
2163 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2164 struct breakpoint *b;
2165 struct bp_location *bl;
2166 struct ui_stream *stb;
2167 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2168 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2169 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2170 which has since been deleted. */
2171 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2172 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2173 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2174 b = bl->owner;
2175
2176 switch (b->type)
2177 {
2178 case bp_breakpoint:
2179 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2180 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2181 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2182 bl->address,
2183 b->number, 1);
2184 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2185 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2186 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2187 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2188 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2189 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2190 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2191 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2192 break;
2193
2194 case bp_shlib_event:
2195 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2196 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2197 to shlib event" message.) */
2198 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2199 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2200 break;
2201
2202 case bp_thread_event:
2203 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2204 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2205 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2206 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2207 break;
2208
2209 case bp_overlay_event:
2210 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2211 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2212 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2213 break;
2214
2215 case bp_catch_load:
2216 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2217 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2218 b->number,
2219 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2220 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2221 break;
2222
2223 case bp_catch_unload:
2224 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2225 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2226 b->number,
2227 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2228 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2229 break;
2230
2231 case bp_catch_fork:
2232 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2233 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2234 b->number,
2235 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2236 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2237 break;
2238
2239 case bp_catch_vfork:
2240 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2241 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2242 b->number,
2243 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2244 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2245 break;
2246
2247 case bp_catch_exec:
2248 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2249 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2250 b->number,
2251 b->exec_pathname);
2252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2253 break;
2254
2255 case bp_catch_catch:
2256 if (current_exception_event &&
2257 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_CATCH))
2258 {
2259 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2260 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught), "),
2261 b->number);
2262 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2263 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2264 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2265 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2266 else
2267 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2268
2269 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2270 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2271 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2272 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2273 else
2274 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2275
2276 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2277 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2278 }
2279 else
2280 {
2281 /* really throw, some other bpstat will handle it */
2282 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2283 }
2284 break;
2285
2286 case bp_catch_throw:
2287 if (current_exception_event &&
2288 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_THROW))
2289 {
2290 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2291 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown), "),
2292 b->number);
2293 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2294 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2295 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2296 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2297 else
2298 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2299
2300 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2301 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2302 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2303 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2304 else
2305 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2306
2307 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2308 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2309 }
2310 else
2311 {
2312 /* really catch, some other bpstat will handle it */
2313 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2314 }
2315 break;
2316
2317 case bp_watchpoint:
2318 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2319 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2320 {
2321 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2322 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2323 ui_out_field_string
2324 (uiout, "reason",
2325 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2326 mention (b);
2327 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2329 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2330 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2331 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2332 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2333 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2334 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2336 value_free (bs->old_val);
2337 bs->old_val = NULL;
2338 }
2339 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2340 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2341 break;
2342
2343 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2344 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2345 ui_out_field_string
2346 (uiout, "reason",
2347 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2348 mention (b);
2349 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2351 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2352 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2353 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2354 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2355 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2356 break;
2357
2358 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2359 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2360 {
2361 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2363 ui_out_field_string
2364 (uiout, "reason",
2365 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2366 mention (b);
2367 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2369 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2370 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2371 value_free (bs->old_val);
2372 bs->old_val = NULL;
2373 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2374 }
2375 else
2376 {
2377 mention (b);
2378 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2379 ui_out_field_string
2380 (uiout, "reason",
2381 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2382 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2383 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2384 }
2385 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0,Val_pretty_default);
2386 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2387 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2388 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2390 break;
2391
2392 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2393 here. */
2394
2395 case bp_finish:
2396 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2397 ui_out_field_string
2398 (uiout, "reason",
2399 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2400 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2401 break;
2402
2403 case bp_until:
2404 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2405 ui_out_field_string
2406 (uiout, "reason",
2407 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2408 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2409 break;
2410
2411 case bp_none:
2412 case bp_longjmp:
2413 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2414 case bp_step_resume:
2415 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2416 case bp_call_dummy:
2417 default:
2418 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2419 }
2420 }
2421
2422 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2423 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2424 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2425 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2426 normal_stop(). */
2427
2428 static enum print_stop_action
2429 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2430 {
2431 switch (bs->print_it)
2432 {
2433 case print_it_noop:
2434 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2435 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2436 break;
2437
2438 case print_it_done:
2439 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2440 relevant messages. */
2441 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2442 break;
2443
2444 case print_it_normal:
2445 {
2446 struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2447 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2448
2449 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2450 print_it_typical. */
2451 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2452 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2453 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2454 else
2455 return print_it_typical (bs);
2456 }
2457 break;
2458
2459 default:
2460 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2461 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2462 break;
2463 }
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2467 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2468 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2469 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2470 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2471 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2472 routine is one of:
2473
2474 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2475 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2476 code to print the location. An example is
2477 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2478 the location.
2479 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2480 to also print the location part of the message.
2481 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2482 don't require a location appended to the end.
2483 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2484 further info to be printed.*/
2485
2486 enum print_stop_action
2487 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2488 {
2489 int val;
2490
2491 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2492 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2493 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2494 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2495 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2496 {
2497 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2498 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2499 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2500 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2501 return val;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2505 with and nothing was printed. */
2506 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2510 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2511 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2512 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2513
2514 static int
2515 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2516 {
2517 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2518 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2519 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2520 return i;
2521 }
2522
2523 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2524
2525 static bpstat
2526 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2527 {
2528 bpstat bs;
2529
2530 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2531 cbs->next = bs;
2532 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2533 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2534 bs->commands = NULL;
2535 bs->old_val = NULL;
2536 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2537 return bs;
2538 }
2539 \f
2540 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2541 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2542
2543 int
2544 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2545 {
2546 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2547 CORE_ADDR addr;
2548 struct breakpoint *b;
2549
2550 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2551 {
2552 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2553 as not triggered. */
2554 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2555 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2556 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2557 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2558 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2559
2560 return 0;
2561 }
2562
2563 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2564 {
2565 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2566 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2568 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2569 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2570 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2571 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2572
2573 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2574 }
2575
2576 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2577 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2578 triggered. */
2579
2580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2581 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2582 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2583 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2584 {
2585 struct value *v;
2586
2587 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2588 for (v = b->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
2589 {
2590 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory && ! value_lazy (v))
2591 {
2592 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
2593
2594 if (v == b->val_chain
2595 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2596 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2597 {
2598 CORE_ADDR vaddr;
2599
2600 vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
2601 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2602 sufficient. */
2603 if (addr >= vaddr
2604 && addr < vaddr + TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)))
2605 {
2606 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2607 break;
2608 }
2609 }
2610 }
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 return 1;
2615 }
2616
2617 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2618 because of check_errors). */
2619 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2620 #define WP_DELETED 1
2621 /* The value has changed. */
2622 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2623 /* The value has not changed. */
2624 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2625
2626 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2627 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2628
2629 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2630
2631 static int
2632 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2633 {
2634 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2635 struct breakpoint *b;
2636 struct frame_info *fr;
2637 int within_current_scope;
2638
2639 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2640
2641 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2642 within_current_scope = 1;
2643 else
2644 {
2645 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2646 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2647 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2648 reinit_frame_cache ();
2649 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2650 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2651
2652 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2653 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2654 if (within_current_scope
2655 && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2656 within_current_scope = 0;
2657
2658 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2659 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2660 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2661 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2662 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2663
2664 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2665 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2666 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2667 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2668 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2669 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2670 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2671 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2672 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2673 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2674 the user. */
2675 select_frame (fr);
2676 }
2677
2678 if (within_current_scope)
2679 {
2680 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2681 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2682 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2683 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2684
2685 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2686 struct value *new_val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
2687 if (!value_equal (b->val, new_val))
2688 {
2689 release_value (new_val);
2690 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2691 bs->old_val = b->val;
2692 b->val = new_val;
2693 /* We will stop here */
2694 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2695 }
2696 else
2697 {
2698 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2699 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2700 /* We won't stop here */
2701 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2702 }
2703 }
2704 else
2705 {
2706 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2707 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2708 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2709 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2710 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2711 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2712 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2713 the first value assigned). */
2714 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2715 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2716 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2717 information here. */
2718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2719 ui_out_field_string
2720 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2721 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2722 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2723 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2724 which its expression is valid.\n");
2725
2726 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2727 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2728 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2729
2730 return WP_DELETED;
2731 }
2732 }
2733
2734 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2735 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
2736
2737 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2738 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2739
2740 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2741
2742 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2743
2744 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
2745 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
2746 several reasons concurrently.)
2747
2748 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
2749 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
2750
2751 bpstat
2752 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
2753 {
2754 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
2755 struct bp_location *bl;
2756 /* True if we've hit a breakpoint (as opposed to a watchpoint). */
2757 int real_breakpoint = 0;
2758 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
2759 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
2760 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
2761 bpstat bs = root_bs;
2762 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2763
2764 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
2765 {
2766 b = bl->owner;
2767 gdb_assert (b);
2768 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2769 continue;
2770
2771 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2772 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2773 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2774 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2775 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2776 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2777 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2778 && b->type != bp_catch_exec
2779 && b->type != bp_catch_catch
2780 && b->type != bp_catch_throw) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2781 {
2782 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2783 continue;
2784 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2785 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2786 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2787 continue;
2788 }
2789
2790 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2791 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2792 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2793 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2794 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2795 (did not match the data address). */
2796
2797 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2798 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2799 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2800 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2801 continue;
2802
2803 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2804 {
2805 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2806 continue;
2807 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2808 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2809 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2810 continue;
2811 }
2812
2813 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2814 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2815 ignore it. */
2816 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2817 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2818 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2819 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2820 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2821 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2822 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2823 != 0)))
2824 #endif
2825 )
2826 continue;
2827
2828 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2829 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2830 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2831 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2832 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2833 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2834 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2835 != 0)))
2836 #endif
2837 )
2838 continue;
2839
2840 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2841 && !inferior_has_forked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2842 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2843 continue;
2844
2845 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2846 && !inferior_has_vforked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2847 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2848 continue;
2849
2850 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2851 && !inferior_has_execd (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), &b->exec_pathname))
2852 continue;
2853
2854 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b) &&
2855 !(current_exception_event = target_get_current_exception_event ()))
2856 continue;
2857
2858 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
2859
2860 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
2861
2862 /* Watchpoints may change this, if not found to have triggered. */
2863 bs->stop = 1;
2864 bs->print = 1;
2865
2866 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2867 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2868 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2869 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2870 {
2871 CORE_ADDR addr;
2872 struct value *v;
2873 int must_check_value = 0;
2874
2875 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2876 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2877 watched value. */
2878 must_check_value = 1;
2879 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2880 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2881 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2882 this watchpoint. */
2883 must_check_value = 1;
2884 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2885 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2886 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2887 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2888 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2889 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2890 must_check_value = 1;
2891
2892 if (must_check_value)
2893 {
2894 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2895 b->number);
2896 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2897 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2898 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2899 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2900 switch (e)
2901 {
2902 case WP_DELETED:
2903 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2904 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2905 /* Stop. */
2906 break;
2907 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2908 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2909 {
2910 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2911 the value has changed. This is for targets
2912 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2913 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2914 bs->stop = 0;
2915 continue;
2916 }
2917 ++(b->hit_count);
2918 break;
2919 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2920 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2921 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2922 {
2923 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2924 the value hasn't changed. */
2925 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2926 bs->stop = 0;
2927 continue;
2928 }
2929 /* Stop. */
2930 ++(b->hit_count);
2931 break;
2932 default:
2933 /* Can't happen. */
2934 case 0:
2935 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2936 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2937 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2938 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2939 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2940 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2941 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2942 break;
2943 }
2944 }
2945 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2946 {
2947 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2948 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2949 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2950 anything for this watchpoint. */
2951 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2952 bs->stop = 0;
2953 continue;
2954 }
2955 }
2956 else
2957 {
2958 /* By definition, an encountered breakpoint is a triggered
2959 breakpoint. */
2960 ++(b->hit_count);
2961
2962 real_breakpoint = 1;
2963 }
2964
2965 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2966 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2967 bs->stop = 0;
2968 else
2969 {
2970 int value_is_zero = 0;
2971
2972 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2973 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2974 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2975 iteration. */
2976 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2977 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2978
2979 if (bl->cond)
2980 {
2981 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2982 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2983 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2984 value_is_zero
2985 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2986 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2987 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2988 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2989 free_all_values ();
2990 }
2991 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2992 {
2993 bs->stop = 0;
2994 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
2995 --(b->hit_count);
2996 }
2997 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2998 {
2999 bs->stop = 0;
3000 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
3001 --(b->hit_count);
3002 }
3003 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
3004 {
3005 b->ignore_count--;
3006 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3007 bs->stop = 0;
3008 }
3009 else if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3010 /* We do not stop for these. */
3011 bs->stop = 0;
3012 else
3013 {
3014 /* We will stop here */
3015 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3016 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3017 if (b->silent)
3018 bs->print = 0;
3019 bs->commands = b->commands;
3020 if (bs->commands &&
3021 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3022 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3023 {
3024 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3025 bs->print = 0;
3026 }
3027 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3028 }
3029 }
3030 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3031 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3032 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3033 }
3034
3035 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3036 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3037
3038 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3039 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3040 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3041 done later. */
3042 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3043 if (bs->stop)
3044 break;
3045
3046 if (bs == NULL)
3047 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3048 if (!bs->stop
3049 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3050 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3051 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3052 {
3053 remove_breakpoints ();
3054 insert_breakpoints ();
3055 break;
3056 }
3057
3058 return root_bs->next;
3059 }
3060 \f
3061 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3062 struct bpstat_what
3063 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3064 {
3065 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3066 enum class
3067 {
3068 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3069 no_effect = 0,
3070
3071 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3072 wp_silent,
3073
3074 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3075 wp_noisy,
3076
3077 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3078 bp_nostop,
3079
3080 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3081 bp_silent,
3082
3083 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3084 bp_noisy,
3085
3086 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3087 long_jump,
3088
3089 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3090 long_resume,
3091
3092 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3093 step_resume,
3094
3095 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3096 shlib_event,
3097
3098 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3099 catch_shlib_event,
3100
3101 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3102 class_last
3103 };
3104
3105 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3106 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3107 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3108 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3109 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3110 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3111 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3112 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3113 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3114 #define clrs BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE
3115 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3116 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3117 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3118
3119 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3120 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3121 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3122 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3123
3124 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3125 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3126 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3127 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3128 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3129 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3130 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3131
3132 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3133 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3134 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3135 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3136 ordering is:
3137
3138 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3139 sgl < clrs shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3140 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3141 clr < clrs err shl shlr sn sr ss
3142 clrs < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3143 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3144 sn < shl shlr sr
3145 shl < shlr sr
3146 shlr < sr
3147 sr <
3148
3149 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3150 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3151 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3152 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3153 logic to handle the 'err' cases, and the CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME/
3154 CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE distinction (which breakpoint.h says
3155 is messy anyway). */
3156
3157 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3158 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3159 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3160
3161 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3162 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3163 {
3164 /* old action */
3165 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr clrs sr shl shlr
3166 */
3167 /*no_effect */
3168 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3169 /*wp_silent */
3170 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3171 /*wp_noisy */
3172 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3173 /*bp_nostop */
3174 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clrs, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3175 /*bp_silent */
3176 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3177 /*bp_noisy */
3178 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3179 /*long_jump */
3180 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3181 /*long_resume */
3182 {clr, ss, sn, clrs, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3183 /*step_resume */
3184 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3185 /*shlib */
3186 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3187 /*catch_shlib */
3188 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3189 };
3190
3191 #undef kc
3192 #undef ss
3193 #undef sn
3194 #undef sgl
3195 #undef slr
3196 #undef clr
3197 #undef clrs
3198 #undef err
3199 #undef sr
3200 #undef ts
3201 #undef shl
3202 #undef shlr
3203 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3204 struct bpstat_what retval;
3205
3206 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3207 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3208 {
3209 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3210 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3211 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3212 which has since been deleted. */
3213 continue;
3214 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3215 {
3216 case bp_none:
3217 continue;
3218
3219 case bp_breakpoint:
3220 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3221 case bp_until:
3222 case bp_finish:
3223 if (bs->stop)
3224 {
3225 if (bs->print)
3226 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3227 else
3228 bs_class = bp_silent;
3229 }
3230 else
3231 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3232 break;
3233 case bp_watchpoint:
3234 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3235 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3236 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3237 if (bs->stop)
3238 {
3239 if (bs->print)
3240 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3241 else
3242 bs_class = wp_silent;
3243 }
3244 else
3245 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3246 This requires no further action. */
3247 bs_class = no_effect;
3248 break;
3249 case bp_longjmp:
3250 bs_class = long_jump;
3251 break;
3252 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3253 bs_class = long_resume;
3254 break;
3255 case bp_step_resume:
3256 if (bs->stop)
3257 {
3258 bs_class = step_resume;
3259 }
3260 else
3261 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3262 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3263 break;
3264 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3265 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3266 break;
3267 case bp_shlib_event:
3268 bs_class = shlib_event;
3269 break;
3270 case bp_thread_event:
3271 case bp_overlay_event:
3272 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3273 break;
3274 case bp_catch_load:
3275 case bp_catch_unload:
3276 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3277 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3278 catchpoint. */
3279 if (bs->stop)
3280 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3281 else
3282 bs_class = no_effect;
3283 break;
3284 case bp_catch_fork:
3285 case bp_catch_vfork:
3286 case bp_catch_exec:
3287 if (bs->stop)
3288 {
3289 if (bs->print)
3290 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3291 else
3292 bs_class = bp_silent;
3293 }
3294 else
3295 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3296 This requires no further action. */
3297 bs_class = no_effect;
3298 break;
3299 case bp_catch_catch:
3300 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
3301 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3302 else if (bs->stop)
3303 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3304 break;
3305 case bp_catch_throw:
3306 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_THROW)
3307 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3308 else if (bs->stop)
3309 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3310 break;
3311 case bp_call_dummy:
3312 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3313 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3314 bs_class = bp_silent;
3315 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3316 break;
3317 }
3318 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3319 }
3320 retval.main_action = current_action;
3321 return retval;
3322 }
3323
3324 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3325 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3326 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3327
3328 int
3329 bpstat_should_step (void)
3330 {
3331 struct breakpoint *b;
3332 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3333 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3334 return 1;
3335 return 0;
3336 }
3337
3338 /* Nonzero if there are enabled hardware watchpoints. */
3339 int
3340 bpstat_have_active_hw_watchpoints (void)
3341 {
3342 struct bp_location *bpt;
3343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
3344 if (breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
3345 && bpt->inserted
3346 && bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3347 return 1;
3348 return 0;
3349 }
3350 \f
3351
3352 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3353 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3354 on that first list, if any. */
3355 void
3356 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3357 {
3358 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3359 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3360 struct breakpoint *ep;
3361 char *dll_pathname;
3362
3363 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3364 root_bs->next = NULL;
3365
3366 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3367 {
3368 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3369 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3370 if (ep == NULL)
3371 break;
3372 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3373 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload) &&
3374 (ep->type != bp_catch_catch) &&
3375 (ep->type != bp_catch_throw))
3376 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3377 continue;
3378
3379 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3380 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3381 *bs = *ep_list;
3382 bs->next = NULL;
3383 bs = root_bs->next;
3384
3385 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3386 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3387 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3388 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3389 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3390 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3391 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3392 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3393 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3394 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3395 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3396 else
3397 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3398 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3399 #else
3400 dll_pathname = NULL;
3401 #endif
3402 if (dll_pathname)
3403 {
3404 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3405 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3406 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3407 }
3408 else
3409 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3410 }
3411
3412 *cp_list = bs;
3413 }
3414
3415 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3416 struct bp_location *loc,
3417 char *wrap_indent,
3418 struct ui_stream *stb)
3419 {
3420 if (b->source_file)
3421 {
3422 struct symbol *sym
3423 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3424 if (sym)
3425 {
3426 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3427 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3428 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3429 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3430 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3431 }
3432 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3433 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3434
3435 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3436 {
3437 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3438 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3439
3440 if (fullname)
3441 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3442 }
3443
3444 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3445 }
3446 else if (!b->loc)
3447 {
3448 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3449 }
3450 else
3451 {
3452 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3453 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3454 }
3455 }
3456
3457 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3458 static void
3459 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3460 struct bp_location *loc,
3461 int loc_number,
3462 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3463 {
3464 struct command_line *l;
3465 struct symbol *sym;
3466 struct ep_type_description
3467 {
3468 enum bptype type;
3469 char *description;
3470 };
3471 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3472 {
3473 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3474 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3475 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3476 {bp_until, "until"},
3477 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3478 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3479 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3480 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3481 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3482 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3483 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3484 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3485 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3486 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3487 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3488 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3489 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3490 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3491 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3492 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3493 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3494 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"},
3495 {bp_catch_catch, "catch catch"},
3496 {bp_catch_throw, "catch throw"}
3497 };
3498
3499 static char *bpdisps[] =
3500 {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
3501 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3502 char wrap_indent[80];
3503 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3504 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3505 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3506
3507 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3508 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3509
3510 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3511 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3512 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3513 location. */
3514 if (loc == NULL
3515 && (b->loc != NULL
3516 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3517 header_of_multiple = 1;
3518 if (loc == NULL)
3519 loc = b->loc;
3520
3521 annotate_record ();
3522 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3523
3524 /* 1 */
3525 annotate_field (0);
3526 if (part_of_multiple)
3527 {
3528 char *formatted;
3529 asprintf (&formatted, "%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3530 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3531 xfree (formatted);
3532 }
3533 else
3534 {
3535 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3536 }
3537
3538 /* 2 */
3539 annotate_field (1);
3540 if (part_of_multiple)
3541 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3542 else
3543 {
3544 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3545 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3546 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3547 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3548 (int) b->type);
3549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3550 }
3551
3552 /* 3 */
3553 annotate_field (2);
3554 if (part_of_multiple)
3555 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3556 else
3557 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int) b->disposition]);
3558
3559
3560 /* 4 */
3561 annotate_field (3);
3562 if (part_of_multiple)
3563 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled",
3564 loc->shlib_disabled
3565 ? (loc->enabled ? "y(p)" : "n(p)")
3566 : (loc->enabled ? "y" : "n"));
3567 else
3568 {
3569 int pending = (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled);
3570 /* For header of multiple, there's no point showing pending
3571 state -- it will be apparent from the locations. */
3572 if (header_of_multiple)
3573 pending = 0;
3574 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c%s",
3575 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state],
3576 pending ? "(p)" : "");
3577 if (!pending)
3578 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 3);
3579 }
3580
3581
3582 /* 5 and 6 */
3583 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3584 if (addressprint)
3585 {
3586 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3587 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3588 else
3589 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3590 }
3591
3592 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3593 {
3594 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3595 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3596 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3597 just one location. */
3598 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3599 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3600 }
3601 else
3602 switch (b->type)
3603 {
3604 case bp_none:
3605 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3606 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3607 break;
3608
3609 case bp_watchpoint:
3610 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3611 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3612 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3613 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3614 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3615 is relatively readable). */
3616 if (addressprint)
3617 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3618 annotate_field (5);
3619 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3620 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3621 break;
3622
3623 case bp_catch_load:
3624 case bp_catch_unload:
3625 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3626 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3627 is relatively readable). */
3628 if (addressprint)
3629 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3630 annotate_field (5);
3631 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3632 {
3633 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3634 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3635 }
3636 else
3637 {
3638 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3639 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3640 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3641 }
3642 break;
3643
3644 case bp_catch_fork:
3645 case bp_catch_vfork:
3646 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3647 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3648 is relatively readable). */
3649 if (addressprint)
3650 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3651 annotate_field (5);
3652 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
3653 {
3654 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3655 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
3656 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3657 }
3658 break;
3659
3660 case bp_catch_exec:
3661 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3662 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3663 is relatively readable). */
3664 if (addressprint)
3665 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3666 annotate_field (5);
3667 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3668 {
3669 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3670 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3672 }
3673 break;
3674
3675 case bp_catch_catch:
3676 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3677 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3678 is relatively readable). */
3679 if (addressprint)
3680 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3681 annotate_field (5);
3682 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
3683 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3684 break;
3685
3686 case bp_catch_throw:
3687 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3688 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3689 is relatively readable). */
3690 if (addressprint)
3691 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3692 annotate_field (5);
3693 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
3694 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3695 break;
3696
3697 case bp_breakpoint:
3698 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3699 case bp_until:
3700 case bp_finish:
3701 case bp_longjmp:
3702 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3703 case bp_step_resume:
3704 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3705 case bp_call_dummy:
3706 case bp_shlib_event:
3707 case bp_thread_event:
3708 case bp_overlay_event:
3709 if (addressprint)
3710 {
3711 annotate_field (4);
3712 if (b->loc == NULL)
3713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3714 else if (header_of_multiple)
3715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3716 else
3717 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3718 }
3719 annotate_field (5);
3720 if (!header_of_multiple)
3721 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3722 if (b->loc)
3723 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3724 break;
3725 }
3726
3727 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3728 {
3729 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3730 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3731 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3732 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3733 }
3734
3735 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3736
3737 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3738 {
3739 annotate_field (6);
3740 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3741 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3742 the frame ID. */
3743 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3744 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3745 }
3746
3747 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3748 {
3749 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3750 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3751 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3752 annotate_field (7);
3753 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3754 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3755 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3756 }
3757
3758 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3759 {
3760 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3761 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3762 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3763 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3764 }
3765
3766 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3767 {
3768 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3769 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3770 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3771 else
3772 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3773 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3774 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3775 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3776 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3777 else
3778 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3779 }
3780
3781 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3782 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3783 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3784 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3785 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3786
3787 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3788 {
3789 annotate_field (8);
3790 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3791 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3792 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3793 }
3794
3795 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3796 {
3797 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3798
3799 annotate_field (9);
3800 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3801 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3802 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3803 }
3804 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3805 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3806 }
3807
3808 static void
3809 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3810 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3811 {
3812 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3813
3814 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3815 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3816 locations, if any. */
3817 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3818 {
3819 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3820 disabled, we print it as if it had
3821 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3822 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3823 situation. */
3824 if (b->loc
3825 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3826 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3827 {
3828 struct bp_location *loc;
3829 int n = 1;
3830 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3831 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3832 }
3833 }
3834 }
3835
3836
3837 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3838 {
3839 int bnum;
3840 };
3841
3842 static int
3843 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3844 {
3845 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3846 struct breakpoint *b;
3847 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3848 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3849 {
3850 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3851 {
3852 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3853 return GDB_RC_OK;
3854 }
3855 }
3856 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3857 }
3858
3859 enum gdb_rc
3860 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3861 {
3862 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3863 args.bnum = bnum;
3864 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3865 an error. */
3866 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3867 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3868 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3869 else
3870 return GDB_RC_OK;
3871 }
3872
3873 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3874 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3875
3876 static int
3877 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3878 {
3879 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3880 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3881 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3882 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3883 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3884 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3885 || b->type == bp_catch_catch
3886 || b->type == bp_catch_throw
3887 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3888 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3889 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3890 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3891 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3892 }
3893
3894 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3895 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3896 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3897
3898 static void
3899 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3900 {
3901 struct breakpoint *b;
3902 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3903 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3904 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3905
3906 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3907 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3909 if (bnum == -1
3910 || bnum == b->number)
3911 {
3912 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3913 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3914 }
3915
3916 if (addressprint)
3917 bkpttbl_chain
3918 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3919 "BreakpointTable");
3920 else
3921 bkpttbl_chain
3922 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3923 "BreakpointTable");
3924
3925 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3926 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3927 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3928 annotate_field (0);
3929 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3930 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3931 annotate_field (1);
3932 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3933 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3934 annotate_field (2);
3935 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3936 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3937 annotate_field (3);
3938 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3939 if (addressprint)
3940 {
3941 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3942 annotate_field (4);
3943 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3944 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3945 else
3946 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3947 }
3948 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3949 annotate_field (5);
3950 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3951 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3952 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3953 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3954
3955 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3956 if (bnum == -1
3957 || bnum == b->number)
3958 {
3959 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3960 allflag is set. */
3961 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3962 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3963 }
3964
3965 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3966
3967 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3968 {
3969 if (bnum == -1)
3970 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3971 else
3972 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3973 bnum);
3974 }
3975 else
3976 {
3977 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3978 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3979 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3980 set_next_address (last_addr);
3981 }
3982
3983 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3984 there have been breakpoints? */
3985 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3986 }
3987
3988 static void
3989 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3990 {
3991 int bnum = -1;
3992
3993 if (bnum_exp)
3994 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3995
3996 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3997 }
3998
3999 static void
4000 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4001 {
4002 int bnum = -1;
4003
4004 if (bnum_exp)
4005 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4006
4007 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4008 }
4009
4010 static int
4011 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
4012 {
4013 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4014 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4015 {
4016 if (bl->address == pc
4017 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4018 return 1;
4019 }
4020 return 0;
4021 }
4022
4023 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4024
4025 static void
4026 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
4027 {
4028 int others = 0;
4029 struct breakpoint *b;
4030
4031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4032 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4033 if (others > 0)
4034 {
4035 if (others == 1)
4036 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4037 else /* if (others == ???) */
4038 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4040 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4041 {
4042 others--;
4043 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4044 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4045 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4046 else if (b->thread != -1)
4047 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4048 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4049 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4050 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4051 ? " (disabled)"
4052 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4053 ? " (permanent)"
4054 : ""),
4055 (others > 1) ? ","
4056 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4057 }
4058 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4059 deprecated_print_address_numeric (pc, 1, gdb_stdout);
4060 printf_filtered (".\n");
4061 }
4062 }
4063 \f
4064 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4065 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4066
4067 void
4068 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4069 int line)
4070 {
4071 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4072 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4073 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4074 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4075 }
4076
4077 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4078 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4079 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4080 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4081
4082 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4083 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4084 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4085 breakpoint at address zero:
4086
4087 bp_watchpoint
4088 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4089 bp_read_watchpoint
4090 bp_access_watchpoint
4091 bp_catch_exec
4092 bp_longjmp_resume
4093 bp_catch_fork
4094 bp_catch_vork */
4095
4096 static int
4097 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4098 {
4099 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4100
4101 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4102 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4103 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4104 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4105 && type != bp_catch_exec
4106 && type != bp_longjmp_resume
4107 && type != bp_catch_fork
4108 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4109 }
4110
4111 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4112 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4113 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4114 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4115 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4116
4117 static void
4118 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
4119 {
4120 struct bp_location *b;
4121 int count = 0;
4122 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4123
4124 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4125 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4126 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4127 && b->enabled
4128 && !b->shlib_disabled
4129 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4130 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4131 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4132 {
4133 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4134 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4135 {
4136 perm_bp = b;
4137 break;
4138 }
4139
4140 count++;
4141 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4142 }
4143
4144 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4145 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4146 duplicates. */
4147 if (perm_bp)
4148 {
4149 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4150
4151 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4152 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4153 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4154 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4155 "actually inserted"));
4156
4157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4158 if (b != perm_bp)
4159 {
4160 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4161 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4162 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4163 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4164 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4165 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4166 {
4167 if (b->inserted)
4168 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4169 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4170 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4171
4172 b->duplicate = 1;
4173 }
4174 }
4175 }
4176 }
4177
4178 static void
4179 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4180 {
4181 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4182
4183 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4184 return;
4185
4186 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4187 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4188 }
4189
4190 static void
4191 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4192 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4193 {
4194 char astr1[40];
4195 char astr2[40];
4196
4197 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4198 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4199 if (have_bnum)
4200 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4201 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4202 else
4203 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4204 }
4205
4206 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4207 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4208 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4209 this function is simply the identity function. */
4210
4211 static CORE_ADDR
4212 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4213 {
4214 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4215 {
4216 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4217 return bpaddr;
4218 }
4219 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4220 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4221 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4222 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4223 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4224 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4225 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4226 {
4227 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4228 have their addresses modified. */
4229 return bpaddr;
4230 }
4231 else
4232 {
4233 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4234
4235 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4236 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4237 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4238 bpaddr);
4239
4240 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4241 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4242 is required. */
4243 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4244 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4245
4246 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4247 }
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4251
4252 static struct bp_location *
4253 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4254 {
4255 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4256
4257 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4258 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4259
4260 loc->owner = bpt;
4261 loc->cond = NULL;
4262 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4263 loc->enabled = 1;
4264
4265 switch (bp_type)
4266 {
4267 case bp_breakpoint:
4268 case bp_until:
4269 case bp_finish:
4270 case bp_longjmp:
4271 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4272 case bp_step_resume:
4273 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4274 case bp_call_dummy:
4275 case bp_shlib_event:
4276 case bp_thread_event:
4277 case bp_overlay_event:
4278 case bp_catch_load:
4279 case bp_catch_unload:
4280 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4281 break;
4282 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4283 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4284 break;
4285 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4286 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4287 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4288 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4289 break;
4290 case bp_watchpoint:
4291 case bp_catch_fork:
4292 case bp_catch_vfork:
4293 case bp_catch_exec:
4294 case bp_catch_catch:
4295 case bp_catch_throw:
4296 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4297 break;
4298 default:
4299 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4300 }
4301
4302 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain. */
4303
4304 loc_p = bp_location_chain;
4305 if (loc_p == 0)
4306 bp_location_chain = loc;
4307 else
4308 {
4309 while (loc_p->global_next)
4310 loc_p = loc_p->global_next;
4311 loc_p->global_next = loc;
4312 }
4313
4314 return loc;
4315 }
4316
4317 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4318 {
4319 if (loc->cond)
4320 xfree (loc->cond);
4321 xfree (loc);
4322 }
4323
4324 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4325 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4326
4327 struct breakpoint *
4328 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4329 {
4330 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4331
4332 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4333 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4334
4335 b->type = bptype;
4336 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4337 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4338 b->thread = -1;
4339 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4340 b->next = 0;
4341 b->silent = 0;
4342 b->ignore_count = 0;
4343 b->commands = NULL;
4344 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4345 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4346 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4347 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4348 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4349 b->ops = NULL;
4350 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4351
4352 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4353 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4354 of increasing numbers. */
4355
4356 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4357 if (b1 == 0)
4358 breakpoint_chain = b;
4359 else
4360 {
4361 while (b1->next)
4362 b1 = b1->next;
4363 b1->next = b;
4364 }
4365 return b;
4366 }
4367
4368 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4369 static void
4370 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4371 {
4372 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4373 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4374 {
4375 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4376 NULL, NULL);
4377 if (loc->function_name)
4378 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4379 }
4380 }
4381
4382 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4383 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4384 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4385 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4386 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4387 is also returned as the value of this function.
4388
4389 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4390 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4391 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4392 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4393 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4394 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4395 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4396
4397 struct breakpoint *
4398 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4399 {
4400 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4401 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4402
4403 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4404 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4405 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4406 breakpoint may cause read_memory_nobpt() to be called and we do
4407 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4408 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4409 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4410
4411 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4412 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4413 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4414
4415 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4416 b->source_file = NULL;
4417 else
4418 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4419 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4420 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4421 b->line_number = sal.line;
4422
4423 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4424
4425 check_duplicates (b);
4426 breakpoints_changed ();
4427
4428 return b;
4429 }
4430
4431
4432 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4433 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4434 void
4435 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4436 {
4437 struct bp_location *bl;
4438 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4439
4440 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4441 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4442 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4443 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4444 but it's easy to implmement. */
4445 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4446 bl->inserted = 1;
4447 }
4448
4449 static struct breakpoint *
4450 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4451 {
4452 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4453 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4454 struct breakpoint *b;
4455
4456 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4457
4458 sal.pc = address;
4459 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4460
4461 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4462 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4463 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4464
4465 return b;
4466 }
4467
4468
4469 static void
4470 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4471 {
4472 struct breakpoint *b;
4473 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4474
4475 if (func_name == NULL)
4476 b = create_internal_breakpoint (0, bp_longjmp_resume);
4477 else
4478 {
4479 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4480 return;
4481
4482 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4483 }
4484
4485 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4486 b->silent = 1;
4487 if (func_name)
4488 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4489 }
4490
4491 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4492 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4493 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4494
4495 void
4496 enable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4497 {
4498 struct breakpoint *b;
4499
4500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4501 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4502 {
4503 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4504 check_duplicates (b);
4505 }
4506 }
4507
4508 void
4509 disable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4510 {
4511 struct breakpoint *b;
4512
4513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4514 if (b->type == bp_longjmp
4515 || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4516 {
4517 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4518 check_duplicates (b);
4519 }
4520 }
4521
4522 static void
4523 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4524 {
4525 struct breakpoint *b;
4526 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4527
4528 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4529 return;
4530
4531 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4532 bp_overlay_event);
4533 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4534
4535 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4536 {
4537 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4538 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4539 }
4540 else
4541 {
4542 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4543 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4544 }
4545 }
4546
4547 void
4548 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4549 {
4550 struct breakpoint *b;
4551
4552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4553 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4554 {
4555 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4556 check_duplicates (b);
4557 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4558 }
4559 }
4560
4561 void
4562 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4563 {
4564 struct breakpoint *b;
4565
4566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4567 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4568 {
4569 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4570 check_duplicates (b);
4571 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4572 }
4573 }
4574
4575 struct breakpoint *
4576 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4577 {
4578 struct breakpoint *b;
4579
4580 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4581
4582 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4583 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4584 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4585
4586 return b;
4587 }
4588
4589 void
4590 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4591 {
4592 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4593
4594 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4595 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4596 delete_breakpoint (b);
4597 }
4598
4599 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4600 {
4601 char **arg_p;
4602 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4603 char ***addr_string_p;
4604 int *not_found_ptr;
4605 };
4606
4607 struct lang_and_radix
4608 {
4609 enum language lang;
4610 int radix;
4611 };
4612
4613
4614 void
4615 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4616 {
4617 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4618
4619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4620 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4621 delete_breakpoint (b);
4622 }
4623
4624 struct breakpoint *
4625 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4626 {
4627 struct breakpoint *b;
4628
4629 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4630 return b;
4631 }
4632
4633 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4634 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4635
4636 void
4637 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4638 {
4639 struct bp_location *loc;
4640 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4641
4642 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4643 {
4644 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4645 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4646 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4647 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4648 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4649 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4650 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4651 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4652 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4653 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4654 #else
4655 && solib_address (loc->address)
4656 #endif
4657 )
4658 {
4659 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4660 }
4661 }
4662 }
4663
4664 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4665 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4666
4667 void
4668 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4669 {
4670 struct bp_location *loc;
4671 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4672
4673 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4674 {
4675 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4676 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4677 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4678 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4679 {
4680 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4681 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4682 #else
4683 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4684 #endif
4685 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4686 {
4687 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4688 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4689 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4690 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4691 loc->inserted = 0;
4692 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4693 {
4694 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4695 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4696 so_name);
4697 }
4698 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4699 }
4700 }
4701 }
4702 }
4703
4704 static void
4705 solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname, int tempflag, char *dll_pathname,
4706 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind)
4707 {
4708 struct breakpoint *b;
4709 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4710 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4711 struct cleanup *canonical_strings_chain = NULL;
4712 char *addr_start = hookname;
4713 char *addr_end = NULL;
4714 char **canonical = (char **) NULL;
4715 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4716
4717 /* Set a breakpoint on the specified hook. */
4718 sals = decode_line_1 (&hookname, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
4719 0, &canonical, NULL);
4720 addr_end = hookname;
4721
4722 if (sals.nelts == 0)
4723 {
4724 warning (_("Unable to set a breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4725 "Suggest linking with /opt/langtools/lib/end.o.\n"
4726 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4727 return;
4728 }
4729 if (sals.nelts != 1)
4730 {
4731 warning (_("Unable to set unique breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4732 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4733 return;
4734 }
4735
4736 /* Make sure that all storage allocated in decode_line_1 gets freed
4737 in case the following errors out. */
4738 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
4739 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4740 {
4741 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical);
4742 canonical_strings_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4743 if (canonical[0] != NULL)
4744 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical[0]);
4745 }
4746
4747 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
4748
4749 /* Remove the canonical strings from the cleanup, they are needed below. */
4750 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4751 discard_cleanups (canonical_strings_chain);
4752
4753 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_kind);
4754 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4755 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4756 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4757 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4758 b->thread = thread;
4759
4760 if (canonical != (char **) NULL && canonical[0] != NULL)
4761 b->addr_string = canonical[0];
4762 else if (addr_start)
4763 b->addr_string = savestring (addr_start, addr_end - addr_start);
4764
4765 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4766 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4767
4768 if (dll_pathname == NULL)
4769 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4770 else
4771 {
4772 b->dll_pathname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
4773 strcpy (b->dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
4774 }
4775
4776 mention (b);
4777 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4778 }
4779
4780 void
4781 create_solib_load_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4782 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4783 {
4784 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4785 cond_string, bp_catch_load);
4786 }
4787
4788 void
4789 create_solib_unload_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4790 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4791 {
4792 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4793 cond_string, bp_catch_unload);
4794 }
4795
4796 static void
4797 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4798 enum bptype bp_kind)
4799 {
4800 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4801 struct breakpoint *b;
4802 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4803
4804 init_sal (&sal);
4805 sal.pc = 0;
4806 sal.symtab = NULL;
4807 sal.line = 0;
4808
4809 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4810 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4811 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4812 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4813 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4814 b->thread = thread;
4815 b->addr_string = NULL;
4816 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4817 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4818 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4819
4820 mention (b);
4821 }
4822
4823 void
4824 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4825 {
4826 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4827 }
4828
4829 void
4830 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4831 {
4832 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4833 }
4834
4835 void
4836 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4837 {
4838 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4839 struct breakpoint *b;
4840 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4841
4842 init_sal (&sal);
4843 sal.pc = 0;
4844 sal.symtab = NULL;
4845 sal.line = 0;
4846
4847 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4848 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4849 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4850 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4851 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4852 b->thread = thread;
4853 b->addr_string = NULL;
4854 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4855 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4856
4857 mention (b);
4858 }
4859
4860 static int
4861 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4862 {
4863 struct breakpoint *b;
4864 int i = 0;
4865
4866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4867 {
4868 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4869 i++;
4870 }
4871
4872 return i;
4873 }
4874
4875 static int
4876 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4877 {
4878 struct breakpoint *b;
4879 int i = 0;
4880
4881 *other_type_used = 0;
4882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4883 {
4884 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4885 {
4886 if (b->type == type)
4887 i++;
4888 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4889 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4890 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4891 *other_type_used = 1;
4892 }
4893 }
4894 return i;
4895 }
4896
4897 /* Call this after hitting the longjmp() breakpoint. Use this to set
4898 a new breakpoint at the target of the jmp_buf.
4899
4900 FIXME - This ought to be done by setting a temporary breakpoint
4901 that gets deleted automatically... */
4902
4903 void
4904 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc, struct frame_id frame_id)
4905 {
4906 struct breakpoint *b;
4907
4908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4909 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4910 {
4911 b->loc->requested_address = pc;
4912 b->loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (b->loc->requested_address,
4913 b->type);
4914 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4915 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4916 check_duplicates (b);
4917 return;
4918 }
4919 }
4920
4921 void
4922 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4923 {
4924 struct breakpoint *b;
4925
4926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4927 {
4928 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4929 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4930 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4931 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4932 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4933 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4934 {
4935 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4936 check_duplicates (b);
4937 }
4938 }
4939 }
4940
4941 void
4942 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4943 {
4944 struct breakpoint *b;
4945
4946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4947 {
4948 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4949 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4950 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4951 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4952 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4953 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4954 {
4955 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4956 check_duplicates (b);
4957 }
4958 }
4959 }
4960
4961
4962 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4963 at address specified by SAL.
4964 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4965
4966 struct breakpoint *
4967 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4968 enum bptype type)
4969 {
4970 struct breakpoint *b;
4971 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4972 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4973 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4974 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4975
4976 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4977 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4978 single thread of control. */
4979 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4980 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4981
4982 return b;
4983 }
4984 \f
4985
4986 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4987
4988 static void
4989 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4990 {
4991 int say_where = 0;
4992 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4993 struct ui_stream *stb;
4994
4995 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4996 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4997
4998 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4999 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5000 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5001 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
5002 been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on. */
5003 if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
5004 deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
5005 breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
5006
5007 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
5008 b->ops->print_mention (b);
5009 else
5010 switch (b->type)
5011 {
5012 case bp_none:
5013 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
5014 break;
5015 case bp_watchpoint:
5016 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
5017 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5018 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5019 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5020 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
5021 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
5022 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5023 break;
5024 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5026 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5027 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5028 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5029 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
5030 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
5031 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5032 break;
5033 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5034 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5035 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
5036 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5037 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5038 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
5039 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
5040 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5041 break;
5042 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5043 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5044 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
5045 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5046 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5047 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
5048 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
5049 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5050 break;
5051 case bp_breakpoint:
5052 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5053 {
5054 say_where = 0;
5055 break;
5056 }
5057 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5058 say_where = 1;
5059 break;
5060 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5061 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5062 {
5063 say_where = 0;
5064 break;
5065 }
5066 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5067 say_where = 1;
5068 break;
5069 case bp_catch_load:
5070 case bp_catch_unload:
5071 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
5072 b->number,
5073 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
5074 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
5075 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
5076 break;
5077 case bp_catch_fork:
5078 case bp_catch_vfork:
5079 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5080 b->number,
5081 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
5082 break;
5083 case bp_catch_exec:
5084 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
5085 b->number);
5086 break;
5087 case bp_catch_catch:
5088 case bp_catch_throw:
5089 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5090 b->number,
5091 (b->type == bp_catch_catch) ? "catch" : "throw");
5092 break;
5093
5094 case bp_until:
5095 case bp_finish:
5096 case bp_longjmp:
5097 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5098 case bp_step_resume:
5099 case bp_call_dummy:
5100 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5101 case bp_shlib_event:
5102 case bp_thread_event:
5103 case bp_overlay_event:
5104 break;
5105 }
5106
5107 if (say_where)
5108 {
5109 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5110 single string. */
5111 if (b->loc == NULL)
5112 {
5113 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5114 }
5115 else
5116 {
5117 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5118 {
5119 printf_filtered (" at ");
5120 deprecated_print_address_numeric (b->loc->address, 1, gdb_stdout);
5121 }
5122 if (b->source_file)
5123 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5124 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5125
5126 if (b->loc->next)
5127 {
5128 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5129 int n = 0;
5130 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5131 ++n;
5132 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5133 }
5134
5135 }
5136 }
5137 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5138 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5139 return;
5140 printf_filtered ("\n");
5141 }
5142 \f
5143
5144 static struct bp_location *
5145 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5146 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5147 {
5148 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5149
5150 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5151 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5152 ;
5153 *tmp = loc;
5154 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5155 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5156 bptype);
5157 loc->section = sal->section;
5158
5159 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5160 return loc;
5161 }
5162
5163 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5164 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5165 as condition expression.
5166
5167 The paramter PENDING_BP is same as for the
5168 create_breakpoints function. */
5169
5170 static void
5171 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5172 char *cond_string,
5173 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5174 int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty,
5175 struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5176 {
5177 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5178 int i;
5179
5180 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5181 {
5182 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5183 int target_resources_ok =
5184 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5185 i + 1, 0);
5186 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5187 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5188 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5189 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5190 }
5191
5192 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5193 {
5194 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5195 struct bp_location *loc;
5196
5197 if (from_tty)
5198 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5199
5200 if (i == 0)
5201 {
5202 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5203 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5204 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5205 b->thread = thread;
5206
5207 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5208 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5209 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5210 b->disposition = disposition;
5211
5212 loc = b->loc;
5213 }
5214 else
5215 {
5216 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5217 }
5218
5219 if (b->cond_string)
5220 {
5221 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5222 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5223 if (*arg)
5224 {
5225 if (pending_bp)
5226 error (_("Junk at end of pending breakpoint condition expression"));
5227 else
5228 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5229 }
5230 }
5231 }
5232
5233 if (addr_string)
5234 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5235 else
5236 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5237 me. */
5238 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5239
5240 mention (b);
5241 }
5242
5243 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5244 elements to fill the void space. */
5245 static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5246 {
5247 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5248 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5249
5250 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5251 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5252
5253 --(sal->nelts);
5254 }
5255
5256 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5257 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5258 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5259 line and file information. If we got just a single
5260 expanded sal, return the original.
5261
5262 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5263 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5264 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5265 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5266 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5267 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5268
5269 */
5270 struct symtabs_and_lines
5271 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5272 {
5273 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5274 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5275 char *original_function = NULL;
5276 int found;
5277 int i;
5278
5279 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5280 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5281 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5282 {
5283 expanded.nelts = 1;
5284 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5285 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5286 return expanded;
5287 }
5288
5289 sal.pc = 0;
5290 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5291
5292 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5293 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5294 {
5295 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5296 processing, just return the original sal. */
5297 xfree (expanded.sals);
5298 expanded.nelts = 1;
5299 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5300 sal.pc = original_pc;
5301 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5302 return expanded;
5303 }
5304
5305 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5306 {
5307 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5308 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5309 {
5310 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5311 char *this_function;
5312 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5313 &func_addr, &func_end))
5314 {
5315 if (this_function &&
5316 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5317 {
5318 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5319 --i;
5320 }
5321 else if (func_addr == pc)
5322 {
5323 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5324 skip prologue. */
5325 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5326 if (sym)
5327 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5328 else
5329 expanded.sals[i].pc
5330 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5331 }
5332 }
5333 }
5334 }
5335
5336
5337 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5338 {
5339 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5340 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5341 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5342 xfree (expanded.sals);
5343 expanded.nelts = 1;
5344 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5345 sal.pc = original_pc;
5346 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5347 return expanded;
5348 }
5349
5350 if (original_pc)
5351 {
5352 found = 0;
5353 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5354 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5355 {
5356 found = 1;
5357 break;
5358 }
5359 gdb_assert (found);
5360 }
5361
5362 return expanded;
5363 }
5364
5365 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5366 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5367 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5368 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5369 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5370 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5371 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5372 we take just a single condition string.
5373
5374 The parameter PENDING_BP points to a pending breakpoint that is
5375 the basis of the breakpoints currently being created. The pending
5376 breakpoint may contain a separate condition string or commands
5377 that were added after the initial pending breakpoint was created.
5378
5379 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5380 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5381 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5382 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5383 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5384
5385 static void
5386 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5387 char *cond_string,
5388 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5389 int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty,
5390 struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5391 {
5392 int i;
5393 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5394 {
5395 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5396 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5397
5398 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5399 cond_string, type, disposition,
5400 thread, ignore_count, from_tty,
5401 pending_bp);
5402 }
5403 }
5404
5405 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5406 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5407 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5408 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5409
5410 static void
5411 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5412 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5413 char ***addr_string,
5414 int *not_found_ptr)
5415 {
5416 char *addr_start = *address;
5417 *addr_string = NULL;
5418 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5419 breakpoint. */
5420 if ((*address) == NULL
5421 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5422 {
5423 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5424 {
5425 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5426 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5427 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5428 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5429 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5430 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5431 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5432 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5433 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5434 sals->nelts = 1;
5435 }
5436 else
5437 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5438 }
5439 else
5440 {
5441 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5442 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5443 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5444 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5445 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5446 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5447
5448 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5449
5450 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5451 && (!cursal.symtab
5452 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5453 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5454 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5455 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5456 not_found_ptr);
5457 else
5458 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5459 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5460 }
5461 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5462 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5463 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5464 if (addr_start != (*address))
5465 {
5466 int i;
5467 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5468 {
5469 /* Add the string if not present. */
5470 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5471 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5472 }
5473 }
5474 }
5475
5476
5477 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5478 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5479
5480 static void
5481 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5482 char *address)
5483 {
5484 int i;
5485 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5486 {
5487 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5488
5489 /* It's possible for the PC to be nonzero, but still an illegal
5490 value on some targets.
5491
5492 For example, on HP-UX if you start gdb, and before running the
5493 inferior you try to set a breakpoint on a shared library function
5494 "foo" where the inferior doesn't call "foo" directly but does
5495 pass its address to another function call, then we do find a
5496 minimal symbol for the "foo", but it's address is invalid.
5497 (Appears to be an index into a table that the loader sets up
5498 when the inferior is run.)
5499
5500 Give the target a chance to bless sals.sals[i].pc before we
5501 try to make a breakpoint for it. */
5502 #ifdef DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE
5503 if (DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE (sals->sals[i].pc))
5504 {
5505 if (address == NULL)
5506 error (_("Cannot break without a running program."));
5507 else
5508 error (_("Cannot break on %s without a running program."),
5509 address);
5510 }
5511 #endif
5512 }
5513 }
5514
5515 static void
5516 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5517 {
5518 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5519
5520 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5521 args->not_found_ptr);
5522 }
5523
5524 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5525 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5526 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5527 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5528 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5529 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5530 static void
5531 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5532 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5533 {
5534 *cond_string = NULL;
5535 *thread = -1;
5536 while (tok && *tok)
5537 {
5538 char *end_tok;
5539 int toklen;
5540 char *cond_start = NULL;
5541 char *cond_end = NULL;
5542 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5543 tok++;
5544
5545 end_tok = tok;
5546
5547 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5548 end_tok++;
5549
5550 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5551
5552 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5553 {
5554 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5555 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5556 cond_end = tok;
5557 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5558 cond_end - cond_start);
5559 }
5560 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5561 {
5562 char *tmptok;
5563
5564 tok = end_tok + 1;
5565 tmptok = tok;
5566 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5567 if (tok == tmptok)
5568 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5569 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5570 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5571 }
5572 else
5573 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5574 }
5575 }
5576
5577 /* Set a breakpoint according to ARG (function, linenum or *address)
5578 flag: first bit : 0 non-temporary, 1 temporary.
5579 second bit : 0 normal breakpoint, 1 hardware breakpoint.
5580
5581 PENDING_BP is non-NULL when this function is being called to resolve
5582 a pending breakpoint. */
5583
5584 static int
5585 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty, struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5586 {
5587 struct gdb_exception e;
5588 int tempflag, hardwareflag;
5589 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5590 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5591 char *cond_string = NULL;
5592 char *copy_arg;
5593 char *err_msg;
5594 char *addr_start = arg;
5595 char **addr_string;
5596 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5597 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5598 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5599 int i;
5600 int pending = 0;
5601 int thread = -1;
5602 int ignore_count = 0;
5603 int not_found = 0;
5604
5605 hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5606 tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5607
5608 sals.sals = NULL;
5609 sals.nelts = 0;
5610 addr_string = NULL;
5611
5612 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5613 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5614 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5615 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5616
5617 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5618 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5619
5620 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5621 switch (e.reason)
5622 {
5623 case RETURN_QUIT:
5624 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5625 return e.reason;
5626 case RETURN_ERROR:
5627 switch (e.error)
5628 {
5629 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5630 /* If called to resolve pending breakpoint, just return
5631 error code. */
5632 if (pending_bp)
5633 return e.reason;
5634
5635 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5636
5637 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5638 error. */
5639
5640 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5641 deprecated_throw_reason (RETURN_ERROR);
5642
5643 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5644 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5645 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5646 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5647 return e.reason;
5648
5649 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5650 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5651 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5652 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5653 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5654 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5655 sals.nelts = 1;
5656 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5657 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5658 pending = 1;
5659 break;
5660 default:
5661 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5662 return e.reason;
5663 }
5664 default:
5665 if (!sals.nelts)
5666 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5667 }
5668
5669 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5670 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5671
5672 if (!pending)
5673 {
5674 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5675 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5676
5677 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5678 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5679 }
5680
5681 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5682 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5683 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5684 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5685 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5686
5687 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5688 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5689 fails. */
5690 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5691 {
5692 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5693 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5694 }
5695
5696 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5697 are ok for the target. */
5698 if (!pending)
5699 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5700
5701 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5702 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5703 breakpoint. */
5704 if (!pending)
5705 {
5706 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5707 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5708 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5709 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5710 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5711 if (cond_string)
5712 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5713 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5714 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5715 : bp_breakpoint,
5716 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5717 thread, ignore_count, from_tty,
5718 pending_bp);
5719 }
5720 else
5721 {
5722 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5723 struct breakpoint *b;
5724
5725 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5726
5727 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5728 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5729 : bp_breakpoint);
5730 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5731 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5732 b->thread = thread;
5733 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5734 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5735 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5736 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5737 b->from_tty = from_tty;
5738 b->flag = flag;
5739 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5740 mention (b);
5741 }
5742
5743 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5744 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5745 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5746 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5747 breakpoint. */
5748 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5749 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5750 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5751
5752 return GDB_RC_OK;
5753 }
5754
5755 /* Set a breakpoint of TYPE/DISPOSITION according to ARG (function,
5756 linenum or *address) with COND and IGNORE_COUNT. */
5757
5758 struct captured_breakpoint_args
5759 {
5760 char *address;
5761 char *condition;
5762 int hardwareflag;
5763 int tempflag;
5764 int thread;
5765 int ignore_count;
5766 };
5767
5768 static int
5769 do_captured_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5770 {
5771 struct captured_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5772 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5773 struct expression **cond;
5774 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5775 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5776 int i;
5777 char **addr_string;
5778 char *cond_string = 0;
5779
5780 char *address_end;
5781
5782 /* Parse the source and lines spec. Delay check that the expression
5783 didn't contain trailing garbage until after cleanups are in
5784 place. */
5785 sals.sals = NULL;
5786 sals.nelts = 0;
5787 address_end = args->address;
5788 addr_string = NULL;
5789 parse_breakpoint_sals (&address_end, &sals, &addr_string, 0);
5790
5791 if (!sals.nelts)
5792 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5793
5794 /* Create a chain of things at always need to be cleaned up. */
5795 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5796
5797 /* Always have a addr_string array, even if it is empty. */
5798 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5799
5800 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5801 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5802
5803 /* Allocate space for all the cond expressions. */
5804 cond = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (struct expression *));
5805 make_cleanup (xfree, cond);
5806
5807 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5808 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5809 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create goes
5810 through then that memory is not cleaned up. */
5811 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5812
5813 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5814 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5815 fails. */
5816 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5817 {
5818 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5819 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5820 }
5821
5822 /* Wait until now before checking for garbage at the end of the
5823 address. That way cleanups can take care of freeing any
5824 memory. */
5825 if (*address_end != '\0')
5826 error (_("Garbage %s following breakpoint address"), address_end);
5827
5828 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's. */
5829 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, args->address);
5830
5831 if (args->condition != NULL)
5832 {
5833 cond_string = xstrdup (args->condition);
5834 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5835 }
5836
5837 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, args->condition,
5838 args->hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint,
5839 args->tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5840 args->thread, args->ignore_count, 0/*from-tty*/,
5841 NULL/*pending_bp*/);
5842
5843 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5844 breakpoint. */
5845 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5846 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5847 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5848 return GDB_RC_OK;
5849 }
5850
5851 enum gdb_rc
5852 gdb_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5853 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5854 int thread, int ignore_count,
5855 char **error_message)
5856 {
5857 struct captured_breakpoint_args args;
5858 args.address = address;
5859 args.condition = condition;
5860 args.hardwareflag = hardwareflag;
5861 args.tempflag = tempflag;
5862 args.thread = thread;
5863 args.ignore_count = ignore_count;
5864 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint, &args,
5865 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5866 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5867 else
5868 return GDB_RC_OK;
5869 }
5870
5871
5872 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5873
5874 void
5875 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5876 {
5877 CORE_ADDR pc;
5878
5879 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5880 {
5881 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5882 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5883 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5884 sal->pc = pc;
5885 }
5886
5887 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5888 {
5889 struct blockvector *bv;
5890 struct block *b;
5891 struct symbol *sym;
5892 int index;
5893
5894 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &index, sal->symtab);
5895 if (bv != NULL)
5896 {
5897 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, index);
5898 sym = block_function (b);
5899 if (sym != NULL)
5900 {
5901 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5902 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5903 }
5904 else
5905 {
5906 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5907 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5908 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5909 source). */
5910
5911 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5912
5913 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5914 if (msym)
5915 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5916 }
5917 }
5918 }
5919 }
5920
5921 void
5922 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5923 {
5924 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5925 }
5926
5927 void
5928 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5929 {
5930 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5931 }
5932
5933 static void
5934 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5935 {
5936 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5937 }
5938
5939 static void
5940 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5941 {
5942 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty, NULL);
5943 }
5944
5945 static void
5946 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5947 {
5948 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5949 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5950 stop at <line>\n"));
5951 }
5952
5953 static void
5954 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5955 {
5956 int badInput = 0;
5957
5958 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5959 badInput = 1;
5960 else if (*arg != '*')
5961 {
5962 char *argptr = arg;
5963 int hasColon = 0;
5964
5965 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5966 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5967 function/method name */
5968 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5969 {
5970 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5971 argptr++;
5972 }
5973
5974 if (hasColon)
5975 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5976 else
5977 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5978 }
5979
5980 if (badInput)
5981 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5982 else
5983 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5984 }
5985
5986 static void
5987 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5988 {
5989 int badInput = 0;
5990
5991 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5992 badInput = 1;
5993 else
5994 {
5995 char *argptr = arg;
5996 int hasColon = 0;
5997
5998 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5999 it is probably a line number. */
6000 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6001 {
6002 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6003 argptr++;
6004 }
6005
6006 if (hasColon)
6007 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
6008 else
6009 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
6010 }
6011
6012 if (badInput)
6013 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6014 else
6015 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
6016 }
6017
6018 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6019 hw_read: watch read,
6020 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6021 static void
6022 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
6023 {
6024 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
6025 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6026 struct expression *exp;
6027 struct block *exp_valid_block;
6028 struct value *val, *mark;
6029 struct frame_info *frame;
6030 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
6031 char *exp_start = NULL;
6032 char *exp_end = NULL;
6033 char *tok, *end_tok;
6034 int toklen;
6035 char *cond_start = NULL;
6036 char *cond_end = NULL;
6037 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6038 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
6039 enum bptype bp_type;
6040 int mem_cnt = 0;
6041
6042 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6043
6044 /* Parse arguments. */
6045 innermost_block = NULL;
6046 exp_start = arg;
6047 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
6048 exp_end = arg;
6049 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
6050 mark = value_mark ();
6051 val = evaluate_expression (exp);
6052 release_value (val);
6053 if (value_lazy (val))
6054 value_fetch_lazy (val);
6055
6056 tok = arg;
6057 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6058 tok++;
6059 end_tok = tok;
6060
6061 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6062 end_tok++;
6063
6064 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6065 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6066 {
6067 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6068 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6069 cond_end = tok;
6070 }
6071 if (*tok)
6072 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6073
6074 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6075 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6076 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6077 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6078 else
6079 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6080
6081 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6082 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6083 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6084 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6085 {
6086 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6087 target_resources_ok =
6088 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6089 other_type_used);
6090 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6091 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6092
6093 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6094 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6095 }
6096
6097 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6098 watchpoint could not be set. */
6099 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6100 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6101
6102 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6103 if (frame)
6104 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6105 else
6106 prev_frame = NULL;
6107
6108 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6109 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6110 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6111 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6112 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6113 {
6114 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6115 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6116
6117 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6118
6119 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6120 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6121
6122 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6123 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6124
6125 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6126 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6127 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6128 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6129 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6130 scope_breakpoint->type);
6131 }
6132
6133 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6134 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6135 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6136 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6137 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6138 b->exp = exp;
6139 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6140 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6141 b->val = val;
6142 b->loc->cond = cond;
6143 if (cond_start)
6144 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6145 else
6146 b->cond_string = 0;
6147
6148 if (frame)
6149 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6150 else
6151 memset (&b->watchpoint_frame, 0, sizeof (b->watchpoint_frame));
6152
6153 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6154 {
6155 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6156 need to act on them together. */
6157 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6158 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6159 }
6160
6161 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6162 mention (b);
6163 }
6164
6165 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6166 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6167 in hardware return zero. */
6168
6169 static int
6170 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6171 {
6172 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6173 struct value *head = v;
6174
6175 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6176 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6177 return 0;
6178
6179 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6180 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6181 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6182 hardware watchpoint.
6183
6184 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6185 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6186 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6187 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6188 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6189 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6190 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6191 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6192 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6193
6194 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6195 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6196 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6197 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6198 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6199 {
6200 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6201 {
6202 if (value_lazy (v))
6203 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6204 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6205 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6206 ;
6207 else
6208 {
6209 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6210 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6211 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6212
6213 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6214 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6215 middle of some value chain. */
6216 if (v == head
6217 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6218 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6219 {
6220 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6221 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6222
6223 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6224 return 0;
6225 else
6226 found_memory_cnt++;
6227 }
6228 }
6229 }
6230 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6231 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6232 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6233 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6234 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6235 }
6236
6237 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6238 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6239 return found_memory_cnt;
6240 }
6241
6242 void
6243 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6244 {
6245 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6246 }
6247
6248 static void
6249 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6250 {
6251 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6252 }
6253
6254 void
6255 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6256 {
6257 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6258 }
6259
6260 static void
6261 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6262 {
6263 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6264 }
6265
6266 void
6267 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6268 {
6269 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6270 }
6271
6272 static void
6273 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6274 {
6275 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6276 }
6277 \f
6278
6279 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6280 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6281
6282 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6283 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6284 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6285 command. */
6286 static void
6287 until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg)
6288 {
6289 struct cleanup *cleanups;
6290
6291 cleanups = (struct cleanup *) arg->data.pointer;
6292 do_exec_cleanups (cleanups);
6293 }
6294
6295 void
6296 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6297 {
6298 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6299 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6300 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6301 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6302 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6303 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6304 struct continuation_arg *arg1;
6305
6306
6307 clear_proceed_status ();
6308
6309 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6310 this function */
6311
6312 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6313 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6314 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6315 else
6316 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6317 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6318
6319 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6320 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6321
6322 sal = sals.sals[0];
6323 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6324
6325 if (*arg)
6326 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6327
6328 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6329
6330 if (anywhere)
6331 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6332 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6333 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6334 else
6335 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6336 at the very same frame. */
6337 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6338 bp_until);
6339
6340 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6341 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6342 else
6343 old_chain = make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6344
6345 /* If we are running asynchronously, and the target supports async
6346 execution, we are not waiting for the target to stop, in the call
6347 tp proceed, below. This means that we cannot delete the
6348 brekpoints until the target has actually stopped. The only place
6349 where we get a chance to do that is in fetch_inferior_event, so
6350 we must set things up for that. */
6351
6352 if (target_can_async_p ())
6353 {
6354 /* In this case the arg for the continuation is just the point
6355 in the exec_cleanups chain from where to start doing
6356 cleanups, because all the continuation does is the cleanups in
6357 the exec_cleanup_chain. */
6358 arg1 =
6359 (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6360 arg1->next = NULL;
6361 arg1->data.pointer = old_chain;
6362
6363 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6364 }
6365
6366 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6367 one. */
6368 if (prev_frame)
6369 {
6370 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6371 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6372 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6373 bp_until);
6374 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6375 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6376 else
6377 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6378 }
6379
6380 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6381 /* Do the cleanups now, anly if we are not running asynchronously,
6382 of if we are, but the target is still synchronous. */
6383 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6384 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6385 }
6386
6387 static void
6388 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6389 {
6390 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6391 return;
6392 while (isspace (**s))
6393 *s += 1;
6394 }
6395
6396 /* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6397 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6398 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6399 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6400
6401 static char *
6402 ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6403 {
6404 char *s = arg;
6405 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6406
6407 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6408 if (arg == NULL)
6409 return NULL;
6410
6411 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6412 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6413 anything else delimites the token. */
6414 while (*s != '\0')
6415 {
6416 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6417 break;
6418 event_name_end = s;
6419 s++;
6420 }
6421
6422 return event_name_end;
6423 }
6424
6425
6426 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6427 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6428
6429 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6430 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6431 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6432 if clause in the arg string. */
6433
6434 static char *
6435 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6436 {
6437 char *cond_string;
6438
6439 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6440 return NULL;
6441
6442 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6443 (*arg) += 2;
6444
6445 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6446 condition string. */
6447 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6448 cond_string = *arg;
6449
6450 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6451 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6452
6453 return cond_string;
6454 }
6455
6456 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6457 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6458
6459 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6460 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6461 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6462 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6463
6464 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6465 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6466 static char *
6467 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6468 {
6469 static char filename[1024];
6470 char *arg_p = *arg;
6471 int i;
6472 char c;
6473
6474 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6475 return NULL;
6476
6477 for (i = 0;; i++)
6478 {
6479 c = *arg_p;
6480 if (isspace (c))
6481 c = '\0';
6482 filename[i] = c;
6483 if (c == '\0')
6484 break;
6485 arg_p++;
6486 }
6487 *arg = arg_p;
6488
6489 return filename;
6490 }
6491
6492 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6493 process start/exit, etc. */
6494
6495 typedef enum
6496 {
6497 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6498 }
6499 catch_fork_kind;
6500
6501 static void
6502 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6503 int from_tty)
6504 {
6505 char *cond_string = NULL;
6506
6507 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6508
6509 /* The allowed syntax is:
6510 catch [v]fork
6511 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6512
6513 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6514 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6515
6516 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6517 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6518
6519 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6520 and enable reporting of such events. */
6521 switch (fork_kind)
6522 {
6523 case catch_fork:
6524 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6525 break;
6526 case catch_vfork:
6527 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6528 break;
6529 default:
6530 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6531 break;
6532 }
6533 }
6534
6535 static void
6536 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6537 {
6538 char *cond_string = NULL;
6539
6540 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6541
6542 /* The allowed syntax is:
6543 catch exec
6544 catch exec if <cond>
6545
6546 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6547 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6548
6549 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6550 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6551
6552 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6553 and enable reporting of such events. */
6554 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6555 }
6556
6557 static void
6558 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6559 {
6560 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6561 char *cond_string = NULL;
6562
6563 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6564
6565 /* The allowed syntax is:
6566 catch load
6567 catch load if <cond>
6568 catch load <filename>
6569 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6570
6571 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6572 if clause.
6573
6574 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6575
6576 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6577 cannot be a filename. */
6578 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6579
6580 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6581 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6582 if (cond_string == NULL)
6583 {
6584 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6585 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6586 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6587 }
6588
6589 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6590 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6591
6592 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6593 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6594 occurs. */
6595 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6596 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6597 }
6598
6599 static void
6600 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6601 {
6602 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6603 char *cond_string = NULL;
6604
6605 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6606
6607 /* The allowed syntax is:
6608 catch unload
6609 catch unload if <cond>
6610 catch unload <filename>
6611 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6612
6613 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6614 if clause.
6615
6616 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6617
6618 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6619 cannot be a filename. */
6620 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6621
6622 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6623 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6624 if (cond_string == NULL)
6625 {
6626 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6627 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6628 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6629 }
6630
6631 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6632 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6633
6634 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6635 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6636 occurs. */
6637 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6638 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6639 }
6640
6641 /* Commands to deal with catching exceptions. */
6642
6643 /* Set a breakpoint at the specified callback routine for an
6644 exception event callback */
6645
6646 static void
6647 create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6648 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
6649 struct symtab_and_line *sal)
6650 {
6651 struct breakpoint *b;
6652 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
6653 enum bptype bptype;
6654
6655 if (!sal) /* no exception support? */
6656 return;
6657
6658 switch (ex_event)
6659 {
6660 case EX_EVENT_THROW:
6661 bptype = bp_catch_throw;
6662 break;
6663 case EX_EVENT_CATCH:
6664 bptype = bp_catch_catch;
6665 break;
6666 default: /* error condition */
6667 error (_("Internal error -- invalid catchpoint kind"));
6668 }
6669
6670 b = set_raw_breakpoint (*sal, bptype);
6671 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6672 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6673 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6674 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6675 b->thread = thread;
6676 b->addr_string = NULL;
6677 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6678 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6679 mention (b);
6680 }
6681
6682 static enum print_stop_action
6683 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6684 {
6685 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6686
6687 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6688 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown)\n"),
6689 b->number);
6690 else
6691 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught)\n"),
6692 b->number);
6693
6694 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6695 }
6696
6697 static void
6698 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6699 {
6700 if (addressprint)
6701 {
6702 annotate_field (4);
6703 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6704 }
6705 annotate_field (5);
6706 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6707 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6708 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6709 else
6710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6711 }
6712
6713 static void
6714 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6715 {
6716 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6717 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (throw)"), b->number);
6718 else
6719 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (catch)"), b->number);
6720 }
6721
6722 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6723 print_exception_catchpoint,
6724 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6725 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6726 };
6727
6728 static int
6729 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6730 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6731 {
6732 char *trigger_func_name, *nameptr;
6733 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6734 struct breakpoint *b;
6735
6736 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6737 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_begin_catch");
6738 else
6739 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_throw");
6740
6741 nameptr = trigger_func_name;
6742 sals = decode_line_1 (&nameptr, 1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6743 if (sals.nelts == 0)
6744 {
6745 xfree (trigger_func_name);
6746 return 0;
6747 }
6748
6749 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_breakpoint);
6750 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6751 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6752 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6753 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6754 b->thread = -1;
6755 b->addr_string = trigger_func_name;
6756 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6757 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6758 b->ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
6759
6760 xfree (sals.sals);
6761 mention (b);
6762 return 1;
6763 }
6764
6765 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6766
6767 static void
6768 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6769 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6770 {
6771 char *cond_string = NULL;
6772 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6773
6774 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6775
6776 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6777
6778 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6779 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6780
6781 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6782 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6783 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6784
6785 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6786 return;
6787
6788 /* See if we can find a callback routine */
6789 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (ex_event, 1);
6790
6791 if (sal)
6792 {
6793 /* We have callbacks from the runtime system for exceptions.
6794 Set a breakpoint on the sal found, if no errors */
6795 if (sal != (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6796 create_exception_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, sal);
6797 else
6798 return; /* something went wrong with setting up callbacks */
6799 }
6800
6801 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6802 }
6803
6804 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6805
6806 static void
6807 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6808 char *addr_string,
6809 char *exp_string,
6810 char *cond_string,
6811 struct expression *cond,
6812 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6813 int tempflag,
6814 int from_tty)
6815 {
6816 struct breakpoint *b;
6817
6818 if (from_tty)
6819 {
6820 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6821 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6822 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6823 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6824 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6825 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6826 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6827 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6828 enough for now, though. */
6829 }
6830
6831 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6832 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6833
6834 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6835 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6836 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6837 b->ignore_count = 0;
6838 b->loc->cond = cond;
6839 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6840 b->language = language_ada;
6841 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6842 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6843 b->thread = -1;
6844 b->ops = ops;
6845 b->from_tty = from_tty;
6846
6847 mention (b);
6848 }
6849
6850 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6851
6852 static void
6853 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6854 {
6855 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6856 enum bptype type;
6857 char *addr_string = NULL;
6858 char *exp_string = NULL;
6859 char *cond_string = NULL;
6860 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6861 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6862
6863 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6864 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6865 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6866 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6867 from_tty);
6868 }
6869
6870 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6871
6872 static void
6873 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6874 {
6875 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6876 char *addr_string = NULL;
6877 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6878
6879 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6880 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6881 tempflag, from_tty);
6882 }
6883
6884 /* Cover routine to allow wrapping target_enable_exception_catchpoints
6885 inside a catch_errors */
6886
6887 static int
6888 cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *arg)
6889 {
6890 args_for_catchpoint_enable *args = arg;
6891 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
6892 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (args->kind, args->enable_p);
6893 if (sal == NULL)
6894 return 0;
6895 else if (sal == (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6896 return -1;
6897 else
6898 return 1; /*is valid */
6899 }
6900
6901 static void
6902 catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6903 {
6904
6905 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6906 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6907 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6908 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6909
6910 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6911 char *arg1_start = arg;
6912 char *arg1_end;
6913 int arg1_length;
6914
6915 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6916 {
6917 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6918 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6919 /* return; */
6920 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6921 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6922
6923 }
6924 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6925 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6926 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6927 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6928
6929 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6930 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6931 {
6932 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6933 }
6934 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6935 {
6936 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6937 tempflag, from_tty);
6938 }
6939 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6940 {
6941 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6942 tempflag, from_tty);
6943 }
6944 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6945 {
6946 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6947 }
6948 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6949 {
6950 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6951 }
6952 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6953 {
6954 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6955 }
6956 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6957 {
6958 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6959 }
6960 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6961 {
6962 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6963 }
6964 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6965 {
6966 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6967 }
6968 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6969 {
6970 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6971 }
6972 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6973 {
6974 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6975 }
6976 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6977 {
6978 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6979 }
6980 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6981 {
6982 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6983 }
6984 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6985 {
6986 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6987 }
6988 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6989 {
6990 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6991 }
6992
6993 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6994 {
6995 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6996 }
6997
6998 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6999
7000 else
7001 {
7002 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
7003 as the name of an exception */
7004 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
7005 /* Now this is not allowed */
7006 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
7007
7008 }
7009 }
7010
7011 /* Used by the gui, could be made a worker for other things. */
7012
7013 struct breakpoint *
7014 set_breakpoint_sal (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7015 {
7016 struct breakpoint *b;
7017 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
7018 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
7019 b->number = breakpoint_count;
7020 b->thread = -1;
7021 return b;
7022 }
7023
7024 static void
7025 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7026 {
7027 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
7028 }
7029 \f
7030
7031 static void
7032 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7033 {
7034 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
7035 }
7036
7037 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
7038
7039 static void
7040 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7041 {
7042 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp, *prev, *found;
7043 int default_match;
7044 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7045 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7046 int i;
7047
7048 if (arg)
7049 {
7050 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
7051 default_match = 0;
7052 }
7053 else
7054 {
7055 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7056 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7057 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7058 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
7059 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7060 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7061 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7062 if (sal.symtab == 0)
7063 error (_("No source file specified."));
7064
7065 sals.sals[0] = sal;
7066 sals.nelts = 1;
7067
7068 default_match = 1;
7069 }
7070
7071 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
7072 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
7073 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
7074 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
7075 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
7076
7077 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
7078 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
7079 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
7080 due to optimization, all in one block.
7081 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
7082 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
7083 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
7084 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
7085 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
7086 to support that. */
7087
7088 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
7089 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
7090 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
7091 one breakpoint. */
7092
7093 found = NULL;
7094 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7095 {
7096 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
7097 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
7098 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
7099 or at default pc.
7100
7101 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
7102
7103 0 1 pc
7104 1 1 pc _and_ line
7105 0 0 line
7106 1 0 <can't happen> */
7107
7108 sal = sals.sals[i];
7109 prev = NULL;
7110
7111 /* Find all matching breakpoints, remove them from the
7112 breakpoint chain, and add them to the 'found' chain. */
7113 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7114 {
7115 int match = 0;
7116 /* Are we going to delete b? */
7117 if (b->type != bp_none
7118 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
7119 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
7120 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
7121 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
7122 {
7123 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7124 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7125 {
7126 int pc_match = sal.pc
7127 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
7128 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
7129 || loc->section == sal.section);
7130 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
7131 && b->source_file != NULL
7132 && sal.symtab != NULL
7133 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
7134 && b->line_number == sal.line);
7135 if (pc_match || line_match)
7136 {
7137 match = 1;
7138 break;
7139 }
7140 }
7141 }
7142
7143 if (match)
7144 {
7145 /* Remove it from breakpoint_chain... */
7146 if (b == breakpoint_chain)
7147 {
7148 /* b is at the head of the list */
7149 breakpoint_chain = b->next;
7150 }
7151 else
7152 {
7153 prev->next = b->next;
7154 }
7155 /* And add it to 'found' chain. */
7156 b->next = found;
7157 found = b;
7158 }
7159 else
7160 {
7161 /* Keep b, and keep a pointer to it. */
7162 prev = b;
7163 }
7164 }
7165 }
7166 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
7167 if (found == 0)
7168 {
7169 if (arg)
7170 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
7171 else
7172 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
7173 }
7174
7175 if (found->next)
7176 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
7177 if (from_tty)
7178 {
7179 if (!found->next)
7180 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
7181 else
7182 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
7183 }
7184 breakpoints_changed ();
7185 while (found)
7186 {
7187 if (from_tty)
7188 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", found->number);
7189 tmp = found->next;
7190 delete_breakpoint (found);
7191 found = tmp;
7192 }
7193 if (from_tty)
7194 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
7195 }
7196 \f
7197 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7198 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7199 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7200
7201 void
7202 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7203 {
7204 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7205
7206 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7207 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7208 && bs->stop)
7209 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7210
7211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7212 {
7213 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7214 delete_breakpoint (b);
7215 }
7216 }
7217
7218 /* Remove locations of breakpoint BPT from
7219 the global list of breakpoint locations. */
7220
7221 static void
7222 unlink_locations_from_global_list (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7223 {
7224 /* This code assumes that the locations
7225 of a breakpoint are found in the global list
7226 in the same order, but not necessary adjacent. */
7227 struct bp_location **tmp = &bp_location_chain;
7228 struct bp_location *here = bpt->loc;
7229
7230 if (here == NULL)
7231 return;
7232
7233 for (; *tmp && here;)
7234 {
7235 if (*tmp == here)
7236 {
7237 *tmp = here->global_next;
7238 here = here->next;
7239 }
7240 else
7241 {
7242 tmp = &((*tmp)->global_next);
7243 }
7244 }
7245 }
7246
7247 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7248 structures. */
7249
7250 void
7251 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7252 {
7253 struct breakpoint *b;
7254 bpstat bs;
7255 struct bp_location *loc;
7256
7257 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7258
7259 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7260 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7261
7262 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7263 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7264 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7265 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7266 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7267
7268 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7269 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7270 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7271 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7272 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7273 return;
7274
7275 if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
7276 deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7277 breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
7278
7279 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7280 {
7281 if (loc->inserted)
7282 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_inserted);
7283
7284 free_valchain (loc);
7285
7286 if (loc->cond)
7287 xfree (loc->cond);
7288
7289 if (loc->function_name)
7290 xfree (loc->function_name);
7291 }
7292
7293 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7294 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7295
7296 /* If we have callback-style exception catchpoints, don't go through
7297 the adjustments to the C++ runtime library etc. if the inferior
7298 isn't actually running. target_enable_exception_callback for a
7299 null target ops vector gives an undesirable error message, so we
7300 check here and avoid it. Since currently (1997-09-17) only HP-UX aCC's
7301 exceptions are supported in this way, it's OK for now. FIXME */
7302 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt) && target_has_execution)
7303 {
7304 /* Format possible error msg */
7305 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in deleting catchpoint %d:\n",
7306 bpt->number);
7307 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7308 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
7309 args.kind = bpt->type == bp_catch_catch ?
7310 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
7311 args.enable_p = 0;
7312 catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback, &args,
7313 message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7314 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7315 }
7316
7317
7318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7319 if (b->next == bpt)
7320 {
7321 b->next = bpt->next;
7322 break;
7323 }
7324
7325 unlink_locations_from_global_list (bpt);
7326
7327 check_duplicates (bpt);
7328
7329 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
7330 && bpt->type != bp_read_watchpoint
7331 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint
7332 && bpt->type != bp_catch_fork
7333 && bpt->type != bp_catch_vfork
7334 && bpt->type != bp_catch_exec)
7335 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7336 {
7337 /* If this breakpoint location was inserted, and there is
7338 another breakpoint at the same address, we need to
7339 insert the other breakpoint. */
7340 if (loc->inserted)
7341 {
7342 struct bp_location *loc2;
7343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc2)
7344 if (loc2->address == loc->address
7345 && loc2->section == loc->section
7346 && !loc->duplicate
7347 && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
7348 && loc2->enabled
7349 && !loc2->shlib_disabled
7350 && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
7351 {
7352 int val;
7353
7354 /* We should never reach this point if there is a permanent
7355 breakpoint at the same address as the one being deleted.
7356 If there is a permanent breakpoint somewhere, it should
7357 always be the only one inserted. */
7358 if (loc2->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7359 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
7360 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
7361 "a permanent breakpoint"));
7362
7363 memset (&loc2->target_info, 0, sizeof (loc2->target_info));
7364 loc2->target_info.placed_address = loc2->address;
7365 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7366 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
7367 else
7368 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
7369
7370 /* If there was an error in the insert, print a message, then stop execution. */
7371 if (val != 0)
7372 {
7373 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
7374 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
7375
7376
7377 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7378 {
7379 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
7380 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n"
7381 "You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints.\n",
7382 b->number);
7383 }
7384 else
7385 {
7386 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", b->number);
7387 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, "Error accessing memory address ");
7388 deprecated_print_address_numeric (loc2->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
7389 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
7390 safe_strerror (val));
7391 }
7392
7393 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,"The same program may be running in another process.");
7394 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7395 error_stream(tmp_error_stream);
7396 }
7397 else
7398 loc2->inserted = 1;
7399 }
7400 }
7401 }
7402
7403 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7404 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7405 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7406 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7407 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7408 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7409 xfree (bpt->exp);
7410 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7411 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7412 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7413 value_free (bpt->val);
7414 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7415 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7416 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7417 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7418 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7419 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7420 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7421 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7422
7423 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7424 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7425 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7426 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7427 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7428 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7429 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7430 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7431 with commands won't work. */
7432 for (bs = stop_bpstat; bs; bs = bs->next)
7433 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7434 {
7435 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7436 bs->old_val = NULL;
7437 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7438 }
7439 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7440 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7441 bpt->type = bp_none;
7442
7443 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc;)
7444 {
7445 struct bp_location *loc_next = loc->next;
7446 xfree (loc);
7447 loc = loc_next;
7448 }
7449 xfree (bpt);
7450 }
7451
7452 static void
7453 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7454 {
7455 delete_breakpoint (b);
7456 }
7457
7458 struct cleanup *
7459 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7460 {
7461 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7462 }
7463
7464 struct cleanup *
7465 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7466 {
7467 return make_exec_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7468 }
7469
7470 void
7471 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7472 {
7473 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7474
7475 dont_repeat ();
7476
7477 if (arg == 0)
7478 {
7479 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7480
7481 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7482 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7483 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7485 {
7486 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7487 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7488 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7489 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7490 b->number >= 0)
7491 {
7492 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7493 break;
7494 }
7495 }
7496
7497 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7498 if (!from_tty
7499 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7500 {
7501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7502 {
7503 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7504 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7505 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7506 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7507 b->number >= 0)
7508 delete_breakpoint (b);
7509 }
7510 }
7511 }
7512 else
7513 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7514 }
7515
7516 static int
7517 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7518 {
7519 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7520 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7521 return 0;
7522 return 1;
7523 }
7524
7525 static void
7526 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7527 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7528 {
7529 int i;
7530 char *s;
7531 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7532
7533 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7534 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7535 the common case where all locations are in the same
7536 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7537 retain the location, so that when the library
7538 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7539 status of the individual locations. */
7540 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7541 return;
7542
7543 unlink_locations_from_global_list (b);
7544 b->loc = NULL;
7545
7546 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7547 {
7548 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7549 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7550
7551 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7552 old symtab. */
7553 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7554 {
7555 struct gdb_exception e;
7556
7557 s = b->cond_string;
7558 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7559 {
7560 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7561 0);
7562 }
7563 if (e.reason < 0)
7564 {
7565 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7566 b->number, e.message);
7567 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7568 }
7569 }
7570
7571 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7572 xfree (b->source_file);
7573 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7574 b->source_file = NULL;
7575 else
7576 b->source_file =
7577 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7578 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7579
7580 if (b->line_number == 0)
7581 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7582 }
7583
7584 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7585 {
7586 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7587 for (; e; e = e->next)
7588 {
7589 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7590 {
7591 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7592 for (; l; l = l->next)
7593 if (l->function_name
7594 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7595 {
7596 l->enabled = 0;
7597 break;
7598 }
7599 }
7600 }
7601 }
7602
7603 while (existing_locations)
7604 {
7605 struct bp_location *next = existing_locations->next;
7606 free_bp_location (existing_locations);
7607 existing_locations = next;
7608 }
7609 }
7610
7611
7612 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7613 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7614 Unused in this case. */
7615
7616 static int
7617 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7618 {
7619 /* get past catch_errs */
7620 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7621 struct value *mark;
7622 int i;
7623 int not_found = 0;
7624 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7625 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7626 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7627 char *s;
7628 enum enable_state save_enable;
7629 struct gdb_exception e;
7630
7631
7632 switch (b->type)
7633 {
7634 case bp_none:
7635 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7636 b->number);
7637 return 0;
7638 case bp_breakpoint:
7639 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7640 case bp_catch_load:
7641 case bp_catch_unload:
7642 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7643 {
7644 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7645 delete_breakpoint (b);
7646 return 0;
7647 }
7648
7649 set_language (b->language);
7650 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7651 s = b->addr_string;
7652 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7653 {
7654 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7655 not_found_ptr);
7656 }
7657 if (e.reason < 0)
7658 {
7659 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7660 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7661 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7662 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7663 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7664 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7665 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7666 if (not_found
7667 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7668 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7669 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7670 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7671
7672 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7673 {
7674 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7675 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7676 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7677 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7678 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7679 which approach is better. */
7680 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7681 throw_exception (e);
7682 }
7683 }
7684
7685 if (not_found)
7686 break;
7687
7688 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7689 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7690 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7691 {
7692 char *cond_string = 0;
7693 int thread = -1;
7694 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7695 &cond_string, &thread);
7696 if (cond_string)
7697 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7698 b->thread = thread;
7699 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7700 }
7701 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7702 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7703
7704 /* Now that this is re-enabled, check_duplicates
7705 can be used. */
7706 check_duplicates (b);
7707
7708 xfree (sals.sals);
7709 break;
7710
7711 case bp_watchpoint:
7712 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7713 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7714 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7715 innermost_block = NULL;
7716 /* The issue arises of what context to evaluate this in. The
7717 same one as when it was set, but what does that mean when
7718 symbols have been re-read? We could save the filename and
7719 functionname, but if the context is more local than that, the
7720 best we could do would be something like how many levels deep
7721 and which index at that particular level, but that's going to
7722 be less stable than filenames or function names. */
7723
7724 /* So for now, just use a global context. */
7725 if (b->exp)
7726 {
7727 xfree (b->exp);
7728 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call to
7729 parse_expression. */
7730 b->exp = NULL;
7731 }
7732 b->exp = parse_expression (b->exp_string);
7733 b->exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
7734 mark = value_mark ();
7735 if (b->val)
7736 {
7737 value_free (b->val);
7738 /* Avoid re-freeing b->val if an error during the call to
7739 evaluate_expression. */
7740 b->val = NULL;
7741 }
7742 b->val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
7743 release_value (b->val);
7744 if (value_lazy (b->val) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7745 value_fetch_lazy (b->val);
7746
7747 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7748 {
7749 s = b->cond_string;
7750 if (b->loc->cond)
7751 {
7752 xfree (b->loc->cond);
7753 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call
7754 to parse_exp_1. */
7755 b->loc->cond = NULL;
7756 }
7757 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, (struct block *) 0, 0);
7758 }
7759 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
7760 mention (b);
7761 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7762 break;
7763 case bp_catch_catch:
7764 case bp_catch_throw:
7765 break;
7766 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7767 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7768 loaded. */
7769 case bp_catch_fork:
7770 case bp_catch_vfork:
7771 case bp_catch_exec:
7772 break;
7773
7774 default:
7775 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7776 /* fall through */
7777 /* Delete longjmp and overlay event breakpoints; they will be
7778 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
7779 case bp_longjmp:
7780 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7781 case bp_overlay_event:
7782 delete_breakpoint (b);
7783 break;
7784
7785 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7786 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7787 case bp_shlib_event:
7788
7789 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7790 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7791 case bp_thread_event:
7792
7793 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7794 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7795 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7796 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7797 case bp_until:
7798 case bp_finish:
7799 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7800 case bp_call_dummy:
7801 case bp_step_resume:
7802 break;
7803 }
7804
7805 return 0;
7806 }
7807
7808 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7809 void
7810 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7811 {
7812 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7813 enum language save_language;
7814 int save_input_radix;
7815
7816 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7817 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7819 {
7820 /* Format possible error msg */
7821 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7822 b->number);
7823 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7824 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7825 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7826 }
7827 set_language (save_language);
7828 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7829
7830 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
7831 {
7832 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
7833 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
7834 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
7835 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
7836 create_longjmp_breakpoint (NULL);
7837 }
7838
7839 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7840 }
7841 \f
7842 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7843
7844 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7845 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7846 void
7847 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7848 {
7849 if (b->thread != -1)
7850 {
7851 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7852 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7853 }
7854 }
7855
7856 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7857 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7858 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7859
7860 void
7861 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7862 {
7863 struct breakpoint *b;
7864
7865 if (count < 0)
7866 count = 0;
7867
7868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7869 if (b->number == bptnum)
7870 {
7871 b->ignore_count = count;
7872 if (from_tty)
7873 {
7874 if (count == 0)
7875 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7876 bptnum);
7877 else if (count == 1)
7878 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7879 bptnum);
7880 else
7881 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7882 count, bptnum);
7883 }
7884 breakpoints_changed ();
7885 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7886 return;
7887 }
7888
7889 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7890 }
7891
7892 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7893 void
7894 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7895 {
7896 struct breakpoint *b;
7897
7898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7899 b->ignore_count = 0;
7900 }
7901
7902 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7903
7904 static void
7905 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7906 {
7907 char *p = args;
7908 int num;
7909
7910 if (p == 0)
7911 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7912
7913 num = get_number (&p);
7914 if (num == 0)
7915 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7916 if (*p == 0)
7917 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7918
7919 set_ignore_count (num,
7920 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7921 from_tty);
7922 if (from_tty)
7923 printf_filtered ("\n");
7924 }
7925 \f
7926 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7927 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7928
7929 static void
7930 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7931 {
7932 char *p = args;
7933 char *p1;
7934 int num;
7935 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7936 int match;
7937
7938 if (p == 0)
7939 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7940
7941 while (*p)
7942 {
7943 match = 0;
7944 p1 = p;
7945
7946 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7947 if (num == 0)
7948 {
7949 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7950 }
7951 else
7952 {
7953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7954 if (b->number == num)
7955 {
7956 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7957 match = 1;
7958 function (b);
7959 if (related_breakpoint)
7960 function (related_breakpoint);
7961 break;
7962 }
7963 if (match == 0)
7964 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7965 }
7966 p = p1;
7967 }
7968 }
7969
7970 static struct bp_location *
7971 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7972 {
7973 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7974 char *p1;
7975 int bp_num;
7976 int loc_num;
7977 struct breakpoint *b;
7978 struct bp_location *loc;
7979
7980 *dot = '\0';
7981
7982 p1 = number;
7983 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7984 if (bp_num == 0)
7985 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7986
7987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7988 if (b->number == bp_num)
7989 {
7990 break;
7991 }
7992
7993 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7994 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7995
7996 p1 = dot+1;
7997 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7998 if (loc_num == 0)
7999 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
8000
8001 --loc_num;
8002 loc = b->loc;
8003 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
8004 ;
8005 if (!loc)
8006 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
8007
8008 return loc;
8009 }
8010
8011
8012 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
8013 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
8014 which ends with a period (no newline). */
8015
8016 void
8017 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8018 {
8019 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
8020 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
8021 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
8022 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
8023 return;
8024
8025 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
8026 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
8027 return;
8028
8029 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
8030
8031 check_duplicates (bpt);
8032
8033 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
8034 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
8035 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
8036 }
8037
8038 static void
8039 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8040 {
8041 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8042 if (args == 0)
8043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8044 switch (bpt->type)
8045 {
8046 case bp_none:
8047 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8048 bpt->number);
8049 continue;
8050 case bp_breakpoint:
8051 case bp_catch_load:
8052 case bp_catch_unload:
8053 case bp_catch_fork:
8054 case bp_catch_vfork:
8055 case bp_catch_exec:
8056 case bp_catch_catch:
8057 case bp_catch_throw:
8058 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8059 case bp_watchpoint:
8060 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8061 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8062 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8063 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
8064 default:
8065 continue;
8066 }
8067 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8068 {
8069 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8070 if (loc)
8071 loc->enabled = 0;
8072 check_duplicates (loc->owner);
8073 }
8074 else
8075 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
8076 }
8077
8078 static void
8079 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
8080 {
8081 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
8082 struct value *mark;
8083
8084 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8085 {
8086 int i;
8087 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8088 target_resources_ok =
8089 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8090 i + 1, 0);
8091 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8092 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8093 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8094 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8095 }
8096
8097 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
8098 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8099 bpt->disposition = disposition;
8100 check_duplicates (bpt);
8101 breakpoints_changed ();
8102
8103 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
8104 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
8105 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
8106 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
8107 {
8108 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
8109
8110 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
8111 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
8112 {
8113 struct frame_info *fr =
8114 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
8115 if (fr == NULL)
8116 {
8117 printf_filtered (_("\
8118 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
8119 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
8120 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
8121 return;
8122 }
8123 select_frame (fr);
8124 }
8125
8126 value_free (bpt->val);
8127 mark = value_mark ();
8128 bpt->val = evaluate_expression (bpt->exp);
8129 release_value (bpt->val);
8130 if (value_lazy (bpt->val))
8131 value_fetch_lazy (bpt->val);
8132
8133 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
8134 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
8135 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
8136 {
8137 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
8138 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
8139
8140 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
8141 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
8142 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
8143 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
8144 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
8145 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
8146 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8147 {
8148 printf_filtered (_("\
8149 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
8150 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
8151 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
8152 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8153 return;
8154 }
8155 }
8156
8157 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
8158 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8159 }
8160
8161 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
8162 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
8163 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
8164 }
8165
8166
8167 void
8168 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8169 {
8170 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8171 }
8172
8173 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8174 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8175 in stopping the inferior. */
8176
8177 static void
8178 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8179 {
8180 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8181 if (args == 0)
8182 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8183 switch (bpt->type)
8184 {
8185 case bp_none:
8186 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8187 bpt->number);
8188 continue;
8189 case bp_breakpoint:
8190 case bp_catch_load:
8191 case bp_catch_unload:
8192 case bp_catch_fork:
8193 case bp_catch_vfork:
8194 case bp_catch_exec:
8195 case bp_catch_catch:
8196 case bp_catch_throw:
8197 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8198 case bp_watchpoint:
8199 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8200 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8201 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8202 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8203 default:
8204 continue;
8205 }
8206 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8207 {
8208 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8209 if (loc)
8210 loc->enabled = 1;
8211 check_duplicates (loc->owner);
8212 }
8213 else
8214 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8215 }
8216
8217 static void
8218 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8219 {
8220 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8221 }
8222
8223 static void
8224 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8225 {
8226 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8227 }
8228
8229 static void
8230 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8231 {
8232 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8233 }
8234
8235 static void
8236 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8237 {
8238 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8239 }
8240 \f
8241 static void
8242 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8243 {
8244 }
8245
8246 static void
8247 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8248 {
8249 }
8250
8251 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8252
8253 struct symtabs_and_lines
8254 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8255 {
8256 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8257 if (string == 0)
8258 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8259 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8260 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8261 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8262 default_breakpoint_line,
8263 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8264 else
8265 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8266 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8267 if (*string)
8268 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8269 return sals;
8270 }
8271
8272 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8273 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8274 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8275 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8276 someday. */
8277
8278 void *
8279 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8280 {
8281 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8282
8283 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8284 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8285
8286 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8287 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8288 {
8289 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8290 xfree (bp_tgt);
8291 return NULL;
8292 }
8293
8294 return bp_tgt;
8295 }
8296
8297 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8298
8299 int
8300 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8301 {
8302 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8303 int ret;
8304
8305 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8306 xfree (bp_tgt);
8307
8308 return ret;
8309 }
8310
8311 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8312
8313 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8314
8315 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8316
8317 void
8318 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8319 {
8320 void **bpt_p;
8321
8322 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8323 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8324 else
8325 {
8326 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8327 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8328 }
8329
8330 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8331 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8332 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8333 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8334 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8335 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8336
8337 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8338 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8339 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8340 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8341 }
8342
8343 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8344
8345 void
8346 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8347 {
8348 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8349
8350 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8351 call. */
8352 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8353 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8354
8355 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8356 {
8357 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8358 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8359 }
8360 }
8361
8362 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8363
8364 static int
8365 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8366 {
8367 int i;
8368
8369 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8370 {
8371 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8372 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8373 return 1;
8374 }
8375
8376 return 0;
8377 }
8378
8379 \f
8380 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8381 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8382 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8383 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8384 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8385 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8386 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8387 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8388 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8389 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8390 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8391 \n\
8392 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8393 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8394 \n\
8395 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8396 \n\
8397 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8398
8399 void
8400 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8401 {
8402 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8403 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8404 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8405
8406 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8407
8408 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8409 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8410 before a breakpoint is set. */
8411 breakpoint_count = 0;
8412
8413 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8414 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8415 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8416 if (xdb_commands)
8417 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8418
8419 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8420 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8421 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8422 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8423 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8424 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8425 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8426 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8427
8428 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8429 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8430 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8431 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8432
8433 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8434 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8435 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8436 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8437 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8438 \n"
8439 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8440 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8441
8442 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8443 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8444 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8445 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8446 \n"
8447 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8448 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8449
8450 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8451 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8452 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8453 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8454 \n"
8455 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8456 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8457
8458 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8459 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8460 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8461 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8462 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8463 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8464 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8465 if (xdb_commands)
8466 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8467 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8468 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8469 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8470 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8471 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8472
8473 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8474
8475 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8476 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8477 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8478 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8479 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8480 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8481
8482 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8483 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8484 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8485 &enablebreaklist);
8486
8487 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8488 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8489 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8490 &enablebreaklist);
8491
8492 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8493 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8494 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8495 &enablelist);
8496
8497 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8498 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8499 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8500 &enablelist);
8501
8502 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8503 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8504 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8505 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8506 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8507 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8508 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8509 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8510 if (xdb_commands)
8511 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8512 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8513 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8514 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8515 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8516
8517 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8518 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8519 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8520 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8521 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8522 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8523 &disablelist);
8524
8525 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8526 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8527 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8528 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8529 \n\
8530 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8531 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8532 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8533 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8534 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8535 if (xdb_commands)
8536 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8537 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8538 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8539 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8540
8541 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8542 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8543 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8544 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8545 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8546 &deletelist);
8547
8548 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8549 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8550 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8551 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8552 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8553 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8554 \n\
8555 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8556 is executing in.\n\
8557 \n\
8558 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8559
8560 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8561 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8562 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8563 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8564
8565 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8566 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8567 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8568 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8569
8570 if (xdb_commands)
8571 {
8572 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8573 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8574 }
8575
8576 if (dbx_commands)
8577 {
8578 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8579 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8580 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8581 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8582 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8583 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8584 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8585 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8586 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8587 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8588 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8589 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8590 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8591 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8592 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8593 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8594 \n\
8595 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8596 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8597 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8598 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8599 breakpoint set."));
8600 }
8601
8602 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8603 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8604 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8605 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8606 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8607 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8608 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8609 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8610 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8611 \n\
8612 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8613 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8614 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8615 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8616 breakpoint set."));
8617
8618 if (xdb_commands)
8619 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8620 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8621 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8622 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8623 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8624 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8625 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8626 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8627 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8628 \n\
8629 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8630 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8631 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8632 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8633 breakpoint set."));
8634
8635 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8636 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8637 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8638 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8639 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8640 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8641 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8642 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8643 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8644 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8645 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8646 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8647 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8648 \n\
8649 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8650 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8651 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8652 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8653 breakpoint set."),
8654 &maintenanceinfolist);
8655
8656 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8657 Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8658 Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8659 \tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8660 \tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8661 Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8662 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8663 \tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8664 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8665 \tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8666 Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8667 \tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8668 \tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8669 \tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8670 Process events may be caught:\n\
8671 \tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8672 \tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8673 \tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8674 \tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8675 \tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8676 Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8677 \tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8678 \tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8679 \tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8680 \tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8681 The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8682 \tcatch stop\n\n\
8683 C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8684 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8685 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8686 Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8687 \tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8688 \tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8689 \tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8690 \tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8691 \n\
8692 Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8693 after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8694 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8695
8696 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8697 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8698 Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8699 Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8700 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8701 by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8702
8703 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8704 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8705 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8706 an expression changes."));
8707 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8708
8709 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8710 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8711 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8712 an expression is read."));
8713 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8714
8715 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8716 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8717 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8718 an expression is either read or written."));
8719 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8720
8721 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8722 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8723
8724
8725 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8726 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8727 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8728 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8729 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8730 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8731 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8732 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8733 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8734 hardware.)"),
8735 NULL,
8736 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8737 &setlist, &showlist);
8738
8739 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8740
8741 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8742 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8743 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8744 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8745 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8746 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8747 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8748 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8749 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8750 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8751 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8752 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8753
8754 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8755 &pending_break_support, _("\
8756 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8757 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8758 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8759 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8760 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8761 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8762 NULL,
8763 show_pending_break_support,
8764 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8765 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8766
8767 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8768
8769 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8770 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8771 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8772 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8773 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8774 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8775 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8776 NULL,
8777 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8778 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8779 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8780
8781 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8782 }